APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY INC
10-K, 1999-03-31
TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS
Previous: INTERNATIONAL FIBERCOM INC, 10KSB, 1999-03-31
Next: APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY INC, POS AM, 1999-03-31




     As Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                     --------------------------------------

                                    FORM 10-K

                        FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
                     PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                   (Mark One)
            [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998
                                       or
           [ ]TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
        For the transition period from _______________ to _______________

                        Commission file number: 000-26020

                        APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

           MISSOURI                                       43-1641533
(State or other jurisdiction of                        (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                        Identification No.)

                               400 Royal Palm Way
                                    Suite 410
                            Palm Beach, Florida 33480
                                 (561) 366-4800
                   (Address, including zip code, and telephone
             number, including area code, of registrant's principal
                               executive offices)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   Common Stock,
                                                              $.001 par value

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days Yes [X] No. [ ]

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein, and will not be contained,
to  the best  of  registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive  proxy  or information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of  this  Form 10-K  or any
amendment  to this Form 10-K. [X]

         At March  22,  1999,  the  aggregate  market  value of the  voting  and
non-voting  stock held by  non-affiliates  of the registrant  was  approximately
$87,661,000.

         At March 22, 1999, 37,716,439 shares of Common Stock were outstanding.

                       Documents Incorporated By Reference
(1)      Portions of the  registrant's  definitive  proxy  statement to be filed
         within 120 days of the registrant's year-end, issued in connection with
         the registrant's 1999 annual meeting of shareholders (Part III).


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

  Item             Description                                              Page

                                     PART I

   1.     Business                                                             3
   2.     Properties                                                          10
   3.     Legal Proceedings                                                   11
   4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                 11

                                     PART II

   5.     Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related 
          Stockholder Matters                                                 12
   6.     Selected Financial Data                                             15
   7.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition         16
               and Results of Operations
  7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk          28
   8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                         29
   9.     Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on                    29
               Accounting and Financial Disclosures

                                    PART III

  10.     Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant                  30
  11.     Executive Compensation                                              33
  12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management      34
  13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                      34

                                     PART IV

  14.     Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on 
          Form 8-K                                                            35



                                       2
<PAGE>

PART I

ITEM 1   BUSINESS

GENERAL


Applied Cellular Technology, Inc. (with it subsidiaries, the "Company", "ACT" or
the "Registrant") is a full service  communications company that provides a wide
range of products and services to the wireless,  telecommunications  and digital
data  industry.  The  Company's  goal is to be a  single  source  communications
provider that businesses can turn to for integrated  communications  systems. To
achieve this goal, it intends to take advantage of the communication  industry's
move from  analog to  digital  and from  wireline  to  wireless  systems.  ACT's
services   include  the   construction   and   installation  of   communications
infrastructure,  the  installation  of local  and  wide  area  networks  and the
development of specialized software for business applications. ACT also provides
traditional  telecommunications  services  such as long  distance  toll service,
one-number  dialing  and call  centers.  The Company  currently  operates in the
United  States,  Canada  and the  United  Kingdom.  The  Company  is a  Missouri
corporation and was  incorporated  on May 11, 1993. The principal  office of the
Company is located at 400 Royal Palm Way, Suite 410, Palm Beach,  Florida 33480,
phone 561-366-4800.

The majority of the Company's current  operations are the result of acquisitions
completed during the last three years. The Company's net operating revenues were
$207.1 million,  $103.2 million and $19.9 million,  respectively,  in 1998, 1997
and 1996. Since January 1, 1998, the Company has completed fourteen acquisitions
of companies  whose  aggregate net revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998
were approximately  $94.8 million,  or 45.8% of the Company's total revenues for
1998. Until 1999, each of these  acquisitions was managed  independently and was
directed by its own  management  team,  and had its own marketing and operations
support personnel.

The Company announced a corporate  reorganization in March 1999 at which time it
named five new  divisions  as  outlined  below.  Each  division  is managed by a
division  president who reports to the Senior Vice President who in turn reports
to the President.  Each division is in the process of hiring a vice president of
marketing  and a  financial  controller.  The  Company  believes  it will attain
increased operating  efficiencies  through this reorganization and believes this
structure  will  facilitate  the cross  marketing of its products and  services.
Refer  to Note  20 to the  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  for a
description of the segments of business in which the Company operates.

Business Divisions

The Company's primary businesses, other than Inteletek and the Non-Core Business
Group, are now organized into five business divisions:



- -    Telecommunications  --  offers   a wide  range of  communications  services
     including  interconnect  and  computer  telephony  integration,  flat  rate
     extended  calling area service for  commercial  and  residential  accounts,
     commercial long distance toll service, toll free service, call centers, one
     number dialing, voice messaging and commercial long distance calling cards.

- -    Network    Infrastructure    --   provides   personal   computer    network
     infrastructure  for the development of local and wide area networks as well
     as site analysis,  configuration  proposals,  training and customer support
     services.


                                       3
<PAGE>

- -    Internet  -- is  focused   on  developing  electronic  commerce  sites  for
     businesses  and  providing  internet  access  services to  customers of the
     Company's other divisions.

- -    Communications    Infrastructure  --  provides   specialty   communications
     contracting services. It is involved in the fabrication,  installation, and
     maintenance  of  microwave,  cellular  and digital  personal  communication
     services (PCS) towers and the construction and installation of fiber optic,
     voice/data   communications  and  switchgear  systems.  The  division  also
     provides   complete   installation,   service  and   maintenance  of  power
     distribution  systems such as lighting,  standby power,  alarms,  security,
     video systems,  voice/data,  network infrastructure and the installation of
     fiber optics within customer premises.  The  Communications  Infrastructure
     division has secured  contracts and provided services for national accounts
     such as Sprint, AT&T Wireless, GTE, MCI Worldcom, Wiltel and Pacific Bell.

- -    Application   Technology  --  provides   software   applications  for  data
     acquisition,  asset  management and decision  support  systems and develops
     programs  for  portable  data  collection  equipment,   including  wireless
     hand-held  devices.  Its Flex  Connect  System links  corporate  systems to
     laptops, PDA's, handheld terminals and other mobile devices via wireless or
     wireline  connections.  It is also involved in the design,  manufacture and
     support of satellite  communication  technology including satellite modems,
     data  broadcast  receivers  and  wireless  global  positioning  systems for
     commercial and military  applications.  In addition,  the division develops
     and markets  peripheral  enhancement  software that creates a user-friendly
     environment  for sending  faxes,  email and scanning,  copying and managing
     documents on a desktop  computer with a multi-function  peripheral  device.
     Integration of these  capabilities into a single  multifunction  program is
     particularly advantageous to users in small offices, home offices and small
     workgroup environments.

As of December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996,  revenues from these divisions  together
accounted  for 57.0%,  48.8% and 70.1%,  respectively,  of the  Company's  total
revenues.

Inteletek

Inteletek, Inc. provides leasing,  re-marketing,  parts-on-demand and consulting
services for mainframe,  midrange and PC systems to  industrial,  commercial and
retail  organizations.  It  utilizes  e-commerce  and  traditional  distribution
channels  to  market  its  products.  Inteletek  is  also a parts  supplier  and
purchases  electronic  components  and  other  scrap  for  de-manufacturing  and
reclamation of precious materials, steel, aluminum and copper.

As of December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  revenues from Inteletek  accounted for
29.4%, 38.2% and 10.0%, respectively, of the Company's total revenues.

The Company has  announced its  intention to seek a separate  public  listing of
Inteletek's shares but will continue to hold a significant  majority interest in
Inteletek   for  the   foreseeable   future.   With   its   recently   announced
reorganization, the Company believes that Inteletek should conduct business as a
separate  publicly traded entity which can yield, over time, far greater returns
to its  shareholders  than under the  current  business  structure.  The Company
anticipates  that it will file a  registration  statement for the initial public
offering of Inteletek  by the end of June 1999,  although no  assurances  can be
given that such offering will in fact be completed.


                                       4
<PAGE>


The Non-Core Business Group

This group is comprised of six individually  managed  companies whose businesses
are as follows:

- -    CRA-TEK  Company is a specialized manufacturer of custom digital and analog
     industrial electric controls and components.

- -    C.T.  Specialists, Inc. is a distributor and  manufacturers  representative
     company,  specializing in the application and sales of controls for factory
     automation, combustion and commercial heating  and air conditioning (HVAC).

- -    Gavin-Graham  Electrical   Products is a custom  manufacturer of electrical
     products,  specializing  in digital and analog  panelboards,  switchboards,
     motor controls and general control panels. The company also provides custom
     manufacturing  processes  such as  shearing,  punching,  forming,  welding,
     grinding, painting and assembly of various component structures.

- -    Ground  Effects,   Ltd.,   based  in  Windsor,   Canada,   is  a  certified
     manufacturer  and tier one  supplier of standard  and  specialized  vehicle
     accessory products to the automotive industry. The company exports over 80%
     of the products it produces to the United  States,  Mexico,  South America,
     the Far East and the Middle East.

- -    Hopper  Manufacturing  Co., Inc.  remanufactures and distributes automotive
     parts.  This  primarily   includes  alternators,   starters,   water pumps,
     distributors and smog pumps.

- -    Innovative   Vacuum   Solutions, Inc. designs, installs and re-manufactures
     vacuum systems used in industry.

As of December  31,  1998,  1997 and 1996,  revenues  from this  business  group
accounted  for 13.6%,  13.0% and 19.3%,  respectively,  of the  Company's  total
revenues.

The Company has  announced its  intention to divest,  in the ordinary  course of
business,  these non-core businesses at such time and on such terms as the board
of directors  determines  advisable.  There can be no assurance that the Company
will  divest  of any  or  all of  these  businesses  or as to the  terms  of any
divestiture transaction.

Growth Strategy

ACT's  growth  strategy  is focused on  internal  expansion  and growth  through
acquisitions. The following are key elements of the Company's strategy:

- -    Become a  Single Source Communications  Provider. The Company believes that
     its expertise in all five areas of the  communications  path will enable it
     to  capitalize   on  the  interest  of   businesses  in  fulfilling   their
     communications services needs through one supplier.

- -    Leverage of  Existing  Customer  Relationships.  The Company believes there
     are  significant  opportunities  within and between each  division to cross
     market its  services to its  existing  client  base.  The Company is in the
     process of hiring a vice  president of marketing for each division who will
     be responsible for identifying these opportunities.

- -    Profit  Center Management.  While ACT's corporate  management team provides
     overall  guidance,  strategic  direction and  administrative  support,  its
     division  presidents have  responsibility for the day-to-day  operations of
 

                                      5
<PAGE>

     their respective  groups.  The Company operates each business division as a
     largely  autonomous profit center,  which is held accountable for achieving
     its financial goals. ACT believes this approach to management increases its
     responsiveness   to  changes  in  the   marketplace   and  its   customers'
     requirements and contributes to the Company's ability to grow profitably.

- -    Acquisitions.  Since  1995 ACT has  completed 35  acquisitions.  Management
     analyzes   each   acquisition    opportunity   using   criteria   including
     profitability  over a two to three year period, the strength of its balance
     sheet,  the  strength  of its  customer  base  and  the  experience  of its
     management  team. Going forward,  the Company intends to make  acquisitions
     that fit within one of its five primary operating divisions.

Competition

Each segment of the Company's business is highly competitive, and it is expected
that competitive pressures will continue. Many of the Company's competitors have
far greater financial,  technological,  marketing, personnel and other resources
than the  Company.  The areas  which the Company has  identified  for  continued
growth and expansion are also target market segments for some of the largest and
most strongly  capitalized  companies in the United  States,  Canada and Europe.
There can be no assurance that the Company will have the  financial,  technical,
marketing  and  other  resources  required  to  compete   successfully  in  this
environment in the future.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND ASSOCIATED RISK

Certain  statements in this annual  report,  and the documents  incorporated  by
reference herein, constitute "forward-looking  statements" within the meaning of
Section  27A of  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  Section  21E of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and the Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
The Company intends that such forward-looking  statements be subject to the safe
harbors  created  thereby.  Such  forward-looking  statements  involve known and
unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and other  factors  which  may cause the  actual
results,  performance or achievements of the Company to be materially  different
from any future  results,  performance or  achievements  expressed or implied by
such  forward-looking  statements.  Such  factors  include,  among  others,  the
following:  the continued  ability of the Company to sustain its growth  through
product  development and business  acquisitions;  the successful  completion and
integration  of  future  acquisitions;  the  ability  to  hire  and  retain  key
personnel; the continued development of the Company's technical,  manufacturing,
sales, marketing and management capabilities;  relationships with and dependence
on third-party  suppliers;  anticipated  competition;  uncertainties relating to
economic  conditions  where the  Company  operates;  uncertainties  relating  to
government and regulatory policies; uncertainties relating to customer plans and
commitments; rapid technological developments and obsolescence in the industries
in which the Company operates and competes;  potential  performance  issues with
suppliers and customers;  governmental export and import policies;  global trade
policies;   worldwide  political  stability  and  economic  growth;  the  highly
competitive  environment in which the Company operates;  potential entry of new,
well-capitalized   competitors  into  the  Company's  markets;  changes  in  the
Company's capital structure and cost of capital;  and uncertainties  inherent in
international operations and foreign currency fluctuations. The words "believe",
"expect",  "anticipate",  "intend" and "plan" and similar  expressions  identify
forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on
these forward-looking statements,  which speak only as of the date the statement
was made.

                                       6
<PAGE>

RISK FACTORS

In addition to the other  information  contained  herein,  the following factors
should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its business.

Uncertainty of Future Financial Results

While the Company has been  profitable  for the last three fiscal years,  future
financial results are uncertain. There can be no assurance that the Company will
continue to be operated in a profitable manner.  Profitability depends upon many
factors,  including the success of the Company's various marketing programs, the
maintenance  or  reduction  of expense  levels and the ability of the Company to
successfully coordinate the efforts of the different segments of its business.

Future Sales of and Market for the Shares

As  of  December  31,  1998,  there  were  35,577,308  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding.  In  addition,  3,345,140  shares of Common  Stock are reserved for
issuance in exchange for the exchangeable shares of ACT-GFX Canada, Inc. and the
exchangeable shares of TigerTel Services Limited (formerly Commstar, Ltd.), both
wholly owned  subsidiaries of ACT. Since January 1, 1998, the Company has issued
or  reserved  an  aggregate  of  18,634,675  shares  of Common  Stock,  of which
14,073,937  shares of Common Stock were issued in  acquisitions,  3,345,140  are
reserved for issuance of  exchangeable  shares,  850,000  shares of Common Stock
were issued upon the exercise of warrants,  100,000  shares of Common Stock were
sold to an officer  of the  Company,  and  265,598  shares of Common  Stock were
issued for services rendered, including services under employment agreements and
employee bonuses.

Although the Company has recently  announced that it intends to limit the use of
stock in future acquisitions, and to focus on cash transactions, the Company may
effect  acquisitions  or contract for certain  services  through the issuance of
Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company, as it has typically done
in the past. In addition,  the Company has agreed to certain "price  protection"
provisions in acquisition  agreements  which may result in additional  shares of
common stock being issued to selling  shareholders  as of the effective  date of
the registration of the shares such selling  shareholder  previously received as
consideration from the Company.  Such issuances of additional  securities may be
viewed  as  being  dilutive  of  the  value  of  the  Common  Stock  in  certain
circumstances  and may have an adverse  impact on the market price of the Common
Stock.

Risks Associated with Acquisitions and Expansion

The  Company  has  engaged  in a  continuing  program of  acquisitions  of other
businesses  which are  considered to be  complementary  to the lines of business
carried on by the Company,  and it is anticipated  that such  acquisitions  will
continue to occur.  Total assets of the Company were approximately $124 million,
$61 million,  $33 million and $4 million as of December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996 and
1995,  respectively.  Net operating revenue was approximately $207 million, $103
million, $20 million and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively. Managing these dramatic changes in the scope of the
business of the Company will present ongoing challenges to management, and there
can be no assurance that the Company's operations as currently structured, or as
affected by future acquisitions, will be successful.

The Company and the businesses  acquired by the Company may require  substantial
additional capital, and there can be no assurance as to the availability of such
capital  when needed,  nor as to the terms on which such  capital  might be made
available  to the  Company.  The  Company's  Credit  Agreement,  as  hereinafter

 
                                      7
<PAGE>

defined,  expires on July 31,  1999 and there is no  assurance  that the Company
will be able to extend or refinance the Credit Agreement or obtain terms similar
to those now in place.

It is the Company's policy to retain existing  management of acquired companies,
under the overall  supervision of senior management of the Company.  The success
of the operations of these  subsidiaries  will depend, to a great extent, on the
continued efforts of the management of the acquired companies.

The Company has entered into  earnout  arrangements  with  selling  shareholders
under which they are entitled to additional consideration for their interests in
the  companies  they sold to ACT.  Under  these  agreements,  assuming  that all
earnouts are  achieved,  and assuming  certain  levels of  profitability  in the
future,  the  Company  is  contingently  liable  for  additional   consideration
amounting  to  approximately   $11  million  based  on  achieved  1999  results,
approximately  $2 million based on achieved 2000 results,  and  approximately $4
million based on achieved 2001 results.

The Company has entered into put options with the selling  shareholders of those
companies in which the Company acquired less than a 100% interest. These options
provide for the Company to acquire the  remaining  portion it does not own after
periods  ranging from 4 to 5 years from the dates of  acquisition at amounts per
share  generally  equal to 10% - 20% of the average annual earnings per share of
the company before income taxes for, generally,  a two-year period ending on the
effective date of the put multiplied by a multiple ranging from 4 to 5.

Dependence on Key Individuals

The future success of the Company is highly dependent upon the Company's ability
to attract and retain  qualified key employees.  The Company is organized with a
small senior  management  team, with each of its separate  operations  under the
day-to-day  control of local managers.  If the Company were to lose the services
of any members of its central  management  team,  the overall  operations of the
Company could be adversely affected, and the operations of any of the individual
facilities  of the Company  could be  adversely  affected if the services of the
local managers  should be  unavailable.  The Company has entered into employment
contracts   with  key  officers  and   employees  of  the  Company  and  certain
subsidiaries.  The  agreements  are for periods of one to ten years through June
2009. Some of the employment contracts also call for bonus arrangements based on
earnings.

In July of 1998, the Company  announced  that it had formed an executive  search
committee to locate and interview  candidates  for the position of President and
Chief  Operating  Officer.  The Company expects to fill this new position by the
end of the second quarter of 1999.

Lack of Dividends on Common Stock; Issuance of Preferred Stock

The Company does not have a history of paying dividends on its Common Stock, and
there can be no assurance that such  dividends  will be paid in the  foreseeable
future.  Under the terms of a credit  agreement  with a bank,  the  Company  may
declare and pay cash dividends to its stockholders in the aggregate amount of up
to $150,000 in any calendar year. The Company  intends to use any earnings which
may be generated to finance the growth of its businesses. The Board of Directors
has the right to  authorize  the issuance of preferred  stock,  without  further
stockholder approval, the holders of which may have preferences as to payment of
dividends.


                                       8
<PAGE>

Possible Volatility of Stock Price

The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market(R),  which stock
market has  experienced  and is likely to experience  in the future  significant
price and volume  fluctuations  which could adversely affect the market price of
its Common Stock without regard to the operating  performance of the Company. In
addition,  the Company believes that factors such as the significant  changes to
the  business  of  the  Company   resulting  from  continued   acquisitions  and
expansions, quarterly fluctuations in the financial results or cash flows of the
Company, shortfalls in earnings or sales below analyst expectations,  changes in
the performance of other companies in the same market sectors as the Company and
the performance of the overall economy and the financial markets could cause the
price of its  Common  Stock to  fluctuate  substantially.  During  the 12 months
preceding  the date of this  Annual  Report,  the price per share of its  Common
Stock has ranged from a high of $5 1/2 to a low of $1 9/16.

EMPLOYEES

At December 31, 1998, the Company and its  subsidiaries  employed  approximately
1,650 employees.

BACKLOG

At December 31, 1998, the Company had a backlog of  approximately  $16  million,
all of which is expected to be filled in 1999.

COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS

Federal, state, and local laws or regulations which have been enacted or adopted
regulating  the discharge of materials  into the  environment  have not had, and
under  present  conditions  the Company  does not foresee that they will have, a
material adverse effect on the capital expenditures, earnings, cash flows or the
competitive  position of the Company.  The Company will  continue to monitor its
operations with respect to potential environmental issues,  including changes in
legally mandated standards.


                                       9
<PAGE>


ITEM 2.       PROPERTIES

At December 31, 1998,  the Company  leased  819,019 square feet of its operating
facilities,  of which  231,501  square  feet is for office  facilities,  257,518
square  feet  is for  factory/warehouse  use  and  330,000  square  feet  is for
exhibition  space.  These  leases  expire at  various  dates  through  2009.  In
addition,  the Company  owns  office and  manufacturing  facilities,  comprising
41,000 square feet, of which 34,500 square feet is for  manufacturing  and 6,500
square feet is for office space.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  principal  locations  of the  Company's
properties:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Square Feet

                                       Factory/     Exhibit/
                         Office        Warehouse    Other         Total 
                         ---------     ---------    --------    ----------

<S>                      <C>           <C>          <C>         <C> 


Alaska                       6,000       23,532            -       29,532
California                   5,574       31,000            -       36,574
Canada                      79,041       73,600            -      152,641
Florida                      9,848            -            -        9,848
Illionois                   19,486        5,400            -       24,886
Louisiana                      500            -            -          500
Massachusets                 3,781       10,791            -       14,572
Minnesota                    2,000        9,900            -       11,900
Missouri                     5,000            -            -        5,000
New Hampshire                2,688            -            -        2,688
New Jersey                  43,247       59,370            -      102,617
New York                     3,240       21,000      330,000      354,240
Pennsylavnia                18,196        4,925            -       23,121
Texas                        2,750        2,500            -        5,250
United Kingdom              32,150       40,000            -       72,150
Utah                         4,500       10,000            -       14,500
                         ---------     --------     --------    ---------
                           238,001      292,018      330,000      860,019
                         =========     ========     ========    =========
</TABLE>


  
                                     10

<PAGE>


The following table sets forth the Company's properties by business divisions:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Square Feet 

                                             Factory/     Exhibit/
                                  Office     Warehouse    Other       Total 
                                  -------    ---------    --------    --------
<S>                               <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>    

Telecommunications                106,723      10,325            -     117,048
Network Infrastructure              5,000       1,720            -       6,720
Internet                            5,500           -            -       5,500
Communications Infrastructure      13,974      33,532            -      47,506
Application Technology             53,947      40,000            -      93,947
Inteletek                          15,390      62,200      330,000     407,590
Non-Core                           30,431     144,241            -     174,672
Corporate                           7,036           -            -       7,036
                                  -------     -------      -------     -------
                                  238,001     292,018      330,000     860,019
                                  =======     =======      =======     =======
</TABLE>


ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company and certain  subsidiaries  are parties to various  legal  actions as
either plaintiff or defendant.  In the opinion of management,  these proceedings
will not have a material adverse affect on the financial position, cash flows or
overall trends in results of the Company.  The estimate of the potential  impact
on the Company's financial position, overall results of operations or cash flows
for these proceedings could change in the future.  The Company is not subject to
any environmental or governmental proceedings.

ITEM 4.   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No  matters  were  submitted  to a vote of  security  holders  during the fourth
quarter of 1998.











                                       11
<PAGE>


PART II

ITEM 5.   MARKET   FOR   THE  REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER
          MATTERS

The Company's Common Stock trades on the Nasdaq Stock Market(R) under the symbol
"ACTC."  The  following  table  sets  forth the high and low sale  prices of the
Common  Stock as  reported  by the  Nasdaq for each of the  quarters  during the
Company's last two fiscal years.

                                                          High            Low
         1997
          First Quarter........................          5 7/8           4
          Second Quarter.......................          4 3/8           2 5/8
          Third Quarter .......................          8 3/4           2 13/16
          Fourth Quarter ......................          9 3/4           3 25/32

         1998
          First Quarter........................          5 1/2           4 1/32
          Second Quarter.......................          4 7/8           3 1/8
          Third Quarter .......................          3 1/2           1 9/16
          Fourth Quarter ......................          5 1/2           1 17/32

Holders

As of March 22, 1999, there were 1,227 holders of record of the Company's Common
Stock.

Dividends

Holder's of the Company's Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as
may be  declared  by its Board of  Directors.  Other  than the  distribution  of
warrants  pursuant  to the Joint  Actions by  Unanimous  Consent of the Board of
Directors and Shareholders dated March 25, 1994, since the Company's  inception,
no dividends on the Company's  Common Stock have ever been paid, and the Company
does not anticipate that dividends will be paid on the Company's Common Stock in
the  foreseeable  future.  Pursuant  to  certain  restrictions  under  a  Credit
Agreement  dated as of August 25, 1998 with a bank,  the Company may declare and
pay cash dividends to its stockholders in the aggregate amount of up to $150,000
in any calendar year. In addition, the Company may only declare or pay dividends
on the Company's Common Stock if the Company's  subsidiaries,  TigerTel Services
Limited  (formerly  Commstar  Ltd.) and ACT-GFX  Canada,  Inc.  are able to, and
simultaneously  do,  declare  or pay an  equivalent  dividend  on each of  their
exchangeable  shares.  The Board of  Directors  has the right to  authorize  the
issuance of preferred stock, without further stockholder  approval,  the holders
of which may have preferences as to payment of dividends.


                                       12
<PAGE>

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following  table lists all  unregistered  securities  sold by the Company in
1998.  These  shares  were issued  without  registration  in  reliance  upon the
exemption  provided by Section 4(2) of the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,
and Regulation D promulgated thereunder.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                            Number of
                                                                  Issued                Date                  Common
Name/Entity/Nature                                 Note            For                 Issued                 Shares 
<S>                                                <C>         <C>                <C>                      <C>

Alacrity Systems, Inc.                               1         Acquisition              January 1998          321,768
The Americom Group, Inc.                             2         Acquisition                 June 1998          235,507
Amherst Systems                                      3            Assets                 August 1998           66,667
Advanced Telecommunications, Inc.                    4         Acquisition            September 1998          775,822
ATI Communications, Inc.                             5         Acquisition                March 1998          200,000
Aurora Electric, Inc.                                6         Acquisition                 July 1998        1,138,039
Blue Star Electronics, Inc.                          7         Acquisition               August 1998          222,643
Canadian Network Services, Inc.                      8         Acquisition              January 1998          322,512
Commstar Limited                                     9         Acquisition                 June 1998        3,849,590
Consolidated Micro Components, Inc.                 10         Acquisition                 July 1998          429,805
CT Specialists, Inc.                                11         Acquisition               August 1998            7,328
Cybertech Station, Inc.                             12         Acquisition                March 1998           49,847
Data Path Technologies, Inc.                        13         Acquisition                 July 1998          403,077
The Fromehill Company dba Winward Electric,         14         Acquisition                March 1998        1,816,400
     Inc.
GDB Software Services, Inc.                         15         Acquisition                 July 1998          412,308
Ground Effects Limited                              16         Acquisition                 June 1998        1,105,708
Innovative Vacuum Solutions, Inc.                   17         Acquisition                 July 1998          298,301
Information Products Center, Inc.                   18         Acquisition                March 1998          711,433
Norcom Resources, Inc.                              19         Acquisition                March 1998           74,667
Pizarro Re-Marketing, Inc.                          19         Acquisition                March 1998           42,723
Service Transportation Company                      20         Acquisition                April 1998           37,181
Signature Industries Limited                        21         Acquisition                 June 1998        3,605,948
Signal Processors Limited                           22         Acquisition             February 1998          928,293
Teledata Concepts, Inc.                             23         Acquisition                 June 1998          144,828
The Bay Group                                       24         Acquisition                  May 1998          218,682
                                                                 Services
Warrants Exercised                                  25      Warrants Exercised            April 1998          850,000
Services                                            26           Services         January - December          265,598
                                                                                                1998
Employee Stock Sale                                 27        Stock Purchase                May 1998          100,000
                                                                                                           ==========
     Total                                                                                                 18,634,675
                                                                                                           ==========


<FN>
- --------------------------
1.       Includes  (a)  312,630   additional   shares   issued  to  the  selling
         shareholders and (b) 9,138 additional shares issued as finder's fees in
         connection  with the "price  protection"  provision of the Agreement of
         Sale.
2.       Represents  shares  issued to the selling  shareholder  to acquire such
         shareholder's 80 percent interest in the company.
3.       Represents  shares issued to Amherst Systems to acquire  customer lists
         for the Company's subsidiary, Atlantic Systems, Inc.
4.       Represents   shares  issued  in  connection with the "price protection"
         provision of the Agreement of Sale. 
5.       Represents  the  first   and  second installments of shares issued to a
         selling shareholder in connection with the earnout provision  under the
         Agreement and Plan of Merger.
6.       Includes (a) 1,098,039 shares issued to selling shareholders to acquire
         such shareholders' 100 percent interest in the company,  and (b) 40,000
         shares issued as a finder's fee.
7.       Includes  (a)  202,667  shares  issued to the  selling  shareholder  to
         acquire such  shareholder's  80 percent  interest in the  company,  (b)
</FN>
</TABLE>
  
                                     13
<PAGE>

         19,394  shares  issued as a finder's fee, and (c) 582 shares issued for
         services in connection with the acquisition.
8.       Includes (a) 7,530 shares issued to the Stage I selling shareholders to
         correct the initial  issuance of shares,  (b) 170,683  shares issued to
         the Stage II selling  shareholders  upon  acquisition of their minority
         interest in 1998, (c) 109,774 shares issued to the Stage I and Stage II
         selling   shareholders  in  connection  with  the  "price   protection"
         provision of the  Agreement of Sale,  and (d) 34,525 shares issued as a
         finder's fee.
9.       Represents  shares of stock  reserved  for  issuance  in  exchange  for
         Exchangeable  Shares  of  Commstar  Limited,  in  connection  with  the
         Company's   acquisition  of  100  percent  of  Commstar  Limited,   and
         Commstar's  acquisition of certain assets from Western Inbound Network,
         Inc. As of December 31, 1998,  1,437,074  Exchangeable  Shares had been
         converted into shares of the Company's common stock.
10.      Includes  (a)  392,157  shares  issued to the  selling  shareholder  to
         acquire such shareholder's 80 percent interest in the company,  and (b)
         37,648 shares issued as a finder's fee.
11.      Represents additional shares issued as finder's fees in connection with
         the "price protection" provision of the Agreement of Sale.
12.      Includes (a) 26,444 additional shares issued to the selling shareholder
         and 805  additional  shares issued as finder's fees in connection  with
         the "price  protection"  provision of the  Agreement  of Sale,  and (b)
         22,598 shares issued to the selling  shareholder as part of the earnout
         provision in the Agreement of Sale.
13.      Represents (a) 384,616 shares issued to selling shareholders to acquire
         such shareholders' 100 percent interest in the company,  and (b) 18,461
         shares issued as a finder's fee.
14.      Includes (a)  1,778,543  shares  issued to the selling  shareholder  to
         acquire such shareholder's 100 percent interest in the company, and (b)
         37,857 shares issued as a finder's fee.
15.      Includes  (a)  384,616  shares  issued to the  selling  shareholder  to
         acquire such shareholder's 80 percent interest in the company,  and (b)
         27,692 shares issued as a finder's fee.
16.      Represents  shares of stock  reserved  for  issuance  in  exchange  for
         Exchangeable  Shares of ACT-GFX  Canada,  Inc., in connection  with the
         Company's  acquisition of 85 percent of Ground Effects  Limited.  As of
         December 31, 1998, 173,084  Exchangeable Shares had been converted into
         shares of the Company's common stock.
17.      Represents (a) 276,079 shares issued to selling shareholders to acquire
         such  shareholders' 80 percent interest in the company,  and (b) 22,222
         shares to acquire certain assets for Innovative Vacuum Solutions.
18.      Represents  shares  issued to the selling  shareholder  to acquire such
         shareholder's 100 percent interest in the company.
19.      Represents   earnout  payments   under  the Agreements of Sale of these
         companies.
20.      Includes (a) 35,000 shares issued to the selling shareholder to acquire
         such  shareholder's 80 percent  interest in the company,  and (b) 2,181
         shares issued for acquisition services.
21.      Includes (a) 3,571,235 shares issued to selling shareholders to acquire
         such  shareholders' 85 percent interest in the company,  and (b) 34,713
         shares issued as a finder's fee.
22.      Includes (a) 915,167 shares issued to the selling shareholders, and (b)
         13,126 shares  issued as finder's  fees in  connection  with the "price
         protection" provision of the Agreement of Sale.
23.      Includes  (a)  140,138  shares  issued to the  selling  shareholder  to
         acquire such shareholder's 100 percent interest in the company, and (b)
         4,690 shares issued as a finder's fee.
24.      Represents shares issued for investment  banking services in connection
         with acquisitions made by the Company in 1998.
25.      Represents  shares  issued  upon the  exercise of Warrants by Great Bay
         Technology, Inc. and Dominick & Dominick, Incorporated.
26.      Represents shares issued for professional services or under employment
         or other such agreements. 
27.      Represents  shares  sold to Marc Sherman, an officer of the Company, at
         the market price on the effective date of the transaction.


                                       14
<PAGE>

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(In thousands, except per share data)                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                                         ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            1998         1997         1996        1995        1994
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>    
                                                         ------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS

Net Operating Revenue                                    $ 207,081    $ 103,159     $ 19,883     $ 2,336      $  323
Cost Of Goods Sold                                         142,893       69,408       10,524       1,186         270
                                                         ---------    ---------     --------     -------      ------
Gross Profit                                                64,188       33,751        9,359       1,150          53
Selling, General And Administrative Expenses                55,253       28,159        8,105         981         533
                                                         ---------    ---------     --------     -------      ------
Operating Income                                             8,935        5,592        1,254         169        (480)
Interest Income                                                420          192          126          75           -
Interest Expense                                            (1,653)        (978)        (200)        (15)         (2)
                                                         ---------    ---------     --------     -------      ------
Income From Continuing Operations Before
Provision For Income Taxes and Minority Interest             7,702        4,806        1,180         229        (482)
Provision For Income Taxes                                   2,588        1,769          362           -           -
                                                         ---------    ---------     --------     -------      ------
Income Before Minority Interest                              5,114        3,037          818         229        (482)
Minority Interest                                              424          697          132          49           -
                                                         ---------    ---------     --------     -------      ------
Net Income                                                   4,690        2,340          686         180        (482)
Preferred Stock Dividends                                       44           72           60           -           -
                                                         ---------    ---------     --------     -------      ------
Net Income Available To Common Stockholders              $   4,646    $   2,268        $ 626     $   180      $ (482)
                                                         =========    =========     ========     =======      =======
Average Common Shares Outstanding                           32,318       12,632        3,329       1,792         588
Average Common Shares Outstanding Assuming 
Dilution                                                    34,800       15,245        4,641       1,967         588

PER COMMON SHARE DATA

Basic Net Income                                              0.14         0.18         0.19        0.10       (0.82)
Diluted Net Income                                            0.13         0.15         0.15        0.09       (0.82)
Cash Dividends                                                   -            -            -           -           -

BALANCE SHEET DATA

Cash and Cash Equivalents                                $   4,555    $   7,657        $ 810     $   125      $    3
Property and Equipment                                      15,627        5,339        2,915         138          36
Goodwill                                                    33,430       12,787       14,528         907           -
Total Assets                                               124,116       61,282       33,208       4,131       1,360
Long-Term Debt                                               2,838        2,199        1,386          19           9
Total Debt                                                  27,213        7,825        5,799         352         150
Minority Interest                                            2,961        1,785          456          57           -
Redeemable Preferred Stock                                       -          900       10,900           -           -
Stockholders' Equity                                        67,560       36,285        8,252       3,052       1,128

</TABLE>


Refer  to  Note 2 to  the  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  for a
description of the business combinations that took place in 1998 and 1997.

Refer  to Note  20 to the  Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  for a
description of the segments of business in which the Company operates.

                                       15
<PAGE>


ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

This discussion should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated
financial  statements  and  related  notes  included  in  this  report.  Certain
statements made in this report may contain forward-looking statements.

Beginning in the fourth  quarter of 1998 and  continuing  into 1999, the Company
reorganized  into seven operating  segments to more  effectively and efficiently
provide  integrated  communications  products  and  services  to a broad base of
customers.  The five  operating  segments  that  represent  the  Company's  core
competency are:

     -        Telecommunications  - The   Telecommunications  division  provides
              telephone services and systems,  computer  telephony  integration,
              interactive voice response, call centers and voice messaging.
     -        Network  Infrastructure  - The   Network  Infrastructure  division
              provides  computer  systems,  local area networks and  application
              servers.
     -        Internet - The  Internet  division provides  electronic  commerce,
              intranet and extranet services and wide area networks.
     -        Communications  Infrastructure - The Communications Infrastructure
              division provides  communications  towers, fiber optics,  cabling,
              power distribution and communications equipment.
     -        Application  Technology  - The  Application   Technology  division
              provides global  positioning  systems,  satellite  systems,  field
              automation,   asset  management,   corporate   enterprise  access,
              decision support and voice/data technology.

Operating segments outside the Company's core competency are:

     -        Inteletek - The  Inteletek  division  purchases  and sells new and
              used computer  equipment,  and provides  peripherals,  components,
              consulting, systems integration and transportation of all types of
              computer systems.
     -        Non-Core - The Non-Core division provides  electrical  components,
              control panels,  design  engineering,  manufacturing  engineering,
              automation systems and vacuum pumps.

  
                                     16
<PAGE>


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  following  table  summarizes  the  Company's  results  of  operations  as a
percentage of net operating revenue for the last three years:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          Relationship to Net Operating Revenue
                                                        -----------------------------------------
                                                           1998            1997            1996
                                                              %               %               %
                                                        --------         -------         -------
<S>                                                     <C>              <C>             <C>    

Net operating revenue                                     100.0           100.0           100.0
Cost of goods sold                                         69.0            67.3            52.9
                                                        --------         -------         -------

Gross margin                                               31.0            32.7            47.1
Selling, general and administrative expenses               26.7            27.3            40.8
                                                        --------         -------         -------
Operating income                                            4.3             5.4             6.3
Interest income                                             0.2             0.2             0.6
Interest expense                                          (0.8)            (0.9)           (1.0)
                                                        --------         -------         -------
Income  before  provision  for income taxes and
    minority interest                                       3.7             4.7             5.9
Provision for income taxes                                  1.2             1.7             1.8
                                                        --------         -------         -------
Income before minority interest                             2.5             3.0             4.1
Minority interest                                           0.2             0.7             0.7
                                                        --------         -------         -------
Net income                                                  2.3             2.3             3.4
Preferred stock dividends                                   0.0             0.1             0.3
                                                        --------         -------         -------
Net income available to common stockholders                 2.3             2.2             3.1
                                                        ========         =======         =======
</TABLE>

Company Overview

Revenue

Revenue for 1998 was $207.1 million,  an increase of $103.9 million,  or 100.7%,
from $103.2  million in 1997.  The 1997 revenue  represents an increase of $83.3
million,  or 418.8% over the $19.8 million reported in 1996.  These  significant
increases are attributable to the Company's growth of existing businesses and to
its growth through acquisition.

In  1997,  the  Company  exited  the  cellular  phone  business,  a part  of its
Telecommunications  division, due to increased competition from industry leaders
and  changes in the  marketplace.  Revenue  from this line of  business  totaled
approximately  $12.6 million in 1997.  After  adjusting for the cellular line of
business,  revenue  from  internal  operations  grew  23.9% in 1998  from  1997,
compared to 43.4% in 1997 from 1996. Revenue from external customers for each of
the operating segments was:

(In thousands)                           1998           1997          1996
                                      ----------    ----------    ----------
Telecommunications                    $  30,369      $  32,208     $  10,537
Network Infrastructure                   21,282             --            --
Internet                                  2,901             --            --
Communications Infrastructure            43,729          8,545            --
Application Technology                   19,859          9,574         3,394
Inteletek                                60,877         39,445         1,993
Non-Communications                       28,064         13,387         3,839
Corporate                                    --             --           120
                                      ----------    ----------     ---------
Consolidated                          $ 207,081      $ 103,159      $ 19,883
                                      ==========    ==========     =========

                                       17
<PAGE>

Gross Margin

The gross margin for 1998 was $64.2 million,  an increase of $30.4  million,  or
90.2%,  from $33.7 million in 1997. The 1997 gross margin represents an increase
of $24.4  million,  or 260.6%,  over the $9.4  million  reported  in 1996.  As a
percentage of revenue, the gross margin decreased to 31.0% in 1998 from 32.7% in
1997 and 47.1% in 1996. This decrease is a result of changes within the business
mix,  increased  competition,  and to new acquisitions  with lower overall gross
margin contributions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  were $55.3  million in 1998, an
increase  of $27.1  million,  or 96.2%,  from $28.2  million  in 1997.  The 1997
expense  represents an increase of $20.1 million or 247.4% over the $8.1 million
reported  in  1996.   As  a  percentage   of  revenue,   selling,   general  and
administrative  expenses have  decreased to 26.7% in 1998 from 27.3% in 1997 and
40.8% in 1996.  This  decrease as a percentage of revenue is due to economies of
scale that the Company was able to recognize as it grew larger.  Contributing to
the dollar increase as a whole is the additional amortization expense associated
with goodwill from  acquisitions.  Total  depreciation and amortization  expense
included in selling general and  administrative  expense was $4.5 million,  $1.9
million and $0.7 million in 1998,  1997 and 1996  respectively.  Information  on
depreciation and amortization  expense by operating segment can be found in Note
20 to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Operating Income

Operating  income was $8.9 million  in 1998,  an  increase of $3.4  million,  or
59.8%,  from $5.6  million in 1997.  The 1997  operating  income  represents  an
increase  of $4.3  million,  or 345.9% over the $1.3  million  reported in 1996.
Operating income for each of the operating segments was:

(In thousands)                                    1998        1997       1996
                                             -----------  ----------  ---------
Telecommunications                            $     852    $  1,477   $    896
Network Infrastructure                            1,563          --         --
Internet                                            272          --         --
Communications Infrastructure                     3,789         348         --
Application Technology                            1,424       2,159        (68)
Inteletek                                         4,509       2,356        504
Non-Communications                                1,122         626        444
Corporate  (including  amounts  incurred
    during consolidation)                       (4,596)     (1,374)       (522)
                                             -----------  ----------  ---------
Consolidated                                   $  8,935    $  5,592    $ 1,254
                                             ===========  ==========  =========

Interest Income and Expense

Interest  income was $0.4  million in 1998,  an  increase  of $0.2  million,  or
118.8%,  from $0.2  million in 1997.  The 1997  interest  income  represents  an
increase of $66,000 or 52.4% over the $0.1  million  reported in 1996.  Interest
income is earned primarily from short term investments and notes receivable.

Interest  expense was $1.7  million in 1998,  an increase  of $0.7  million,  or
69.0%,  from $1.0 million in 1997.  The 1997 expense  represents  an increase of
$0.8 million, or 389.0% over the $0.2 million reported in 1996. Interest expense
is  principally  associated  with  revolving  credit  lines and  notes  payable.

  
                                     18
<PAGE>

Information on interest income and interest expense by operating  segment can be
found in Note 20 to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes

The Company's effective income tax rate was 33.6%, 36.8% and 30.7% in 1998, 1997
and 1996,  respectively.  Changes in the effective rate primarily arise from the
effects of purchase accounting,  given the Company's  acquisition  activities in
recent years.

Segment Overview
<TABLE>

Telecommunications

(In thousands)                            1998         %          1997         %        1996         %
                                        ---------    ------     ---------    -----    ---------    -----
<S>                                     <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>

Revenue                                 $ 30,369     100.0      $ 32,208      100     $ 10,537    100.0
Gross profit                              17,870      58.8        16,215     50.3        5,523     52.4
Selling, general and administrative       17,018      56.0        14,738     45.8        4,627     43.9
Operating income                             852       2.8         1,477      4.6          896      8.5
</TABLE>

In 1997,  the  Company  exited the  cellular  phone  business  due to  increased
competition from industry  leaders and changes in the  marketplace.  Revenue and
operating income from this line of business totaled  approximately $12.6 million
and $0.2 million in 1997.  Excluding the cellular  business,  revenue  increased
54.7% and 86.4% in 1998 and 1997, respectively. Of those amounts, 23.7% and 3.9%
came from internal growth in 1998 and 1997, respectively.

The cost shift in 1998 from cost of sales to selling, general and administrative
expenses  is due to  different  cost  allocation  methods  associated  with  the
Canadian  markets  entered  during 1998. The operating  income  decrease in 1998
primarily reflected increasing  competitive pressures in the  telecommunications
industry as a whole.

Network Infrastructure

(In thousands)                            1998        %        1997        1996
                                       --------     -----      -----       ----
Revenue                                $ 21,282     100.0      $ ---      $ ---
Gross profit                              3,862      18.1        ---        ---
Selling, general and administrative       2,299      10.8        ---        ---
Operating income                          1,563       7.3        ---        ---

The Network Infrastructure division
 began operations during 1998.

Internet

(In thousands)                            1998        %        1997        1996
                                       --------     -----      -----      -----
Revenue                                 $ 2,901     100.0      $ ---      $ ---
Gross profit                              1,200      41.4        ---        ---
Selling, general and administrative         928      32.0        ---        ---
Operating income                            272       9.4        ---        ---

The Internet division began operations
 during 1998.


                                       19
<PAGE>


Communications Infrastructure
<TABLE>

(In thousands)                          1998        %       1997        %       1996       %
                                     --------     -----    -------    -----     -----     ---
<S>                                  <C>          <C>      <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>

Revenue                              $ 43,729     100.0    $ 8,545    100.0     $ ---     ---
Gross profit                            8,887      20.3      1,274     14.9       ---     ---
Selling, general and administrative     5,098      11.7        926     10.8       ---     ---
Operating income                        3,789       8.7        348      4.1       ---     ---
</TABLE>

The Communications Infrastructure division began operations during 1997. Revenue
increased  411.8%  in 1998,  109.1%  of  which  came  from  growth  in  internal
operations.  As a percentage of revenue,  operating  income was 8.7% and 4.1% in
1998 and 1997,  respectively.  This increased  profitability  is a result of the
division's successful move to a larger operations base. The selling, general and
administrative expenses, as a percentage of revenue,  increased to 11.7% in 1998
from  10.8%  in 1997 as a  result  of  increased  overhead  associated  with the
expansion of this divisions internal infrastructure.

Application Technology
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


(In thousands)                            1998       %         1997       %        1996       %
                                       --------    ------    -------    ------   -------    -----
<S>                                    <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>

Revenue                                $ 19,859    100.0     $ 9,574    100.0    $ 3,394    100.0
Gross profit                             11,613     58.5       5,846     61.1      1,374     40.5
Selling, general and administrative      10,189     51.3       3,687     38.5      1,442     42.5
Operating income                          1,424      7.2       2,159     22.6       (68)    (2.0)
</TABLE>

The Application Technology division has grown mostly though acquisition. Revenue
increased  107.5%  and  182.0%  in  1998  and  1997,  respectively.  Due  to the
competitive  nature of this industry segment,  gross margins declined from 61.1%
in 1997 to 58.5% in 1998 and could decline further in the future. This, combined
with  increased  selling,   general  and  administrative  expenses  relating  to
development of new products, has lowered the operating income as a percentage of
revenue.

Inteletek
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In thousands)                            1998       %         1997       %        1996       %
                                       --------    ------    -------    ------   -------    -----
<S>                                    <C>         <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
Revenue                                $ 60,877    100.0     $ 39,445   100.0    $ 1,993    100.0
Gross profit                             12,871     21.1        6,243    15.8      1,142     57.3
Selling, general and administrative       8,362     13.7        3,887     9.9        638     32.0
Operating income                          4,509      7.4        2,356     6.0        504     25.3
</TABLE>

Revenue  increased 54.3% and 1,880.1% in 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Of those
amounts,   9.1%  and  281.6%  came  from  internal  growth  in  1998  and  1997,
respectively.  The  tremendous  revenue  growth in 1997 came at the  expense  of
margins due to the high volume, low profit businesses that were acquired in that
year.  Internal  growth and additional  acquisitions in 1998 helped to round out
the product mix. Gross margins  increased by 5.3% to 21.1% in 1998 from 15.8% in
1997. Gross margins had declined by 42.5% to 15.8% in 1997 from 57.3% in 1996 as
the business expanded into high volume but lower margin hardware sales. Selling,
general and administrative  expenses,  which were as high as 32.0% of revenue in
1996,  reduced to 13.7% of revenue in 1998. This decline  reflects the economies
of scale that have resulted from overall growth in the last two years.

                                       20
<PAGE>


Non-Core
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

(In thousands)                            1998       %         1997        %        1996       %
                                       --------    ------    -------     ------   -------    -----
<S>                                    <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>
Revenue                                $ 28,064    100.0     $ 13,387    100.0    $ 3,839    100.0
Gross profit                              7,885     28.1        4,173     31.2      1,384     36.1
Selling, general and administrative       6,763     24.1        3,547     26.5        940     24.5
Operating income                          1,122      4.0          626      4.7        444     11.6
</TABLE>

Revenue  increased  109.7% and 248.7% in 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Of those
amounts,   25.4%  and  60.2%  came  from  internal  growth  in  1998  and  1997,
respectively.  Although  there  has  been  substantial  growth  in the  level of
business,  changes in product mix and pressures  from a competitive  marketplace
have  resulted  in a gradual  decline of the gross  margin from 36.1% in 1996 to
28.1% in 1998, which has contributed to the decline in operating income. Margins
may  continue to decline in the  future.  Selling,  general  and  administrative
expenses have remained relatively steady as a percentage of revenue.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

As of December 31, 1998,  cash and cash  equivalents  totaled  $4.6  million,  a
decrease of $3.1 million,  or 40.5% from $7.7 million at December 31, 1997. Cash
used in operating activities totaled $2.8 million, $3.3 million and $1.4 million
in 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  In all three  years,  the cash was used
primarily to fund increases in accounts receivable, inventory and prepaid assets
and to pay down  accounts  payable.  Accounts and unbilled  receivables,  net of
allowance  for doubtful  accounts  increased by $16.4  million or 90.6% to $34.4
million  in 1998  from  $18.0  million  in 1997.  This  increase  was  primarily
attributable  to the increased  volume of business in 1998 over 1997, as well as
the  increases as a result of  businesses  acquired in 1998.  As a percentage of
1998 and 1997 net operating revenue, accounts and unbilled receivable were 16.6%
and 17.5%, respectively. Inventories increased by $9.8 million or 90.0% to $20.7
million  in 1998  from  $10.9  million  in 1997.  This  increase  was  primarily
attributable  to the increased  volume of business in 1998 over 1997, as well as
the  increases as a result of  businesses  acquired in 1998.  As a percentage of
1998  and  1997  cost  of  goods  sold,   inventories   were  14.5%  and  15.7%,
respectively.  Prepaid  expenses and other current assets  increased by 61.2% or
$0.7 million to $2.0 million in 1998 from $1.3 million in 1997. This increase is
attributable  to the overall  increase in size of the Company in 1998.  Accounts
payable and accrued expenses increased by $8.6 million or 59.2% to $23.1 million
in 1998 from $14.5 million in 1997. This increase was primarily  attributable to
the increased  volume of business in 1998 over 1997, as well as the increases as
a result of  businesses  acquired in 1998. As a percentage of 1998 and 1997 cost
of goods  sold,  accounts  payable and  accrued  expenses  were 16.1% and 20.9%,
respectively.

Investing activities used cash of $6.8 million in 1998 and provided cash of $4.2
million and $0.8 million in 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  In 1998, $7.4 million
was used principally to increase assets such as notes  receivable,  property and
equipment  and other  assets,  while $0.5 million was received  from the sale of
assets.  In 1997,  sources  of cash  primarily  included  $4.0  million  of cash
acquired in  acquisitions  and $2.3 million in proceeds from the sale of assets.
These amounts were partially offset by payments of $2.2 million for property and
equipment  and other  assets.  In 1996,  $1.2  million of cash was  provided  by
payments  received on notes  receivable  and proceeds  from the sales of assets.
This was  offset  slightly  by  investments  of $0.3  million  in  property  and
equipment and other assets.

Cash of $6.4  million,  $6.0  million and $1.4 million was provided by financing
activities  in 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  In 1998,  $13.2 million was
obtained  through  borrowings  under  notes  payable and long term debt and $1.4
million was obtained through the issuance of common shares. Uses of cash in 1998
included  repayments  of $6.9  million on long term debt,  $0.9  million for the

                                       21
<PAGE>

redemption  of  preferred  stock and $0.3 million for the  repurchase  of common
stock. In 1997, $9.4 million of cash was provided  primarily though the issuance
of common stock and from long term debt proceeds.  In 1997, $3.3 million of cash
was used to pay down notes payable and long term debt. In 1996,  $1.6 million of
cash came from borrowings  under notes payable and the issuance of common stock.
$0.2 million of cash was used mostly to pay down long term debt.

The Company has a stated objective to maximize cash flow as management  believes
positive cash flow is an indication of financial strength.  However,  due to the
Company's  significant  growth rate,  its  investment  needs are generally  more
substantial  than those of more mature companies with modest  investment  needs.
Consequently, the Company will continue, for the foreseeable future, to use cash
from operations and will continue to finance this use of cash through  financing
activities such as the sale of common stock and/or bank borrowing.

In August, 1998, the Company entered into a twenty million dollar line of credit
with a bank  secured by all the  domestic  assets of the  Company  (the  "Credit
Agreement") at the prime lending rate or at the London  Interbank  Offered Rate,
as elected by the Company.  In February 1999, the amount of the Credit Agreement
was increased to twenty-three  million dollars.  The Credit Agreement expires on
July 31,  1999 and  contains  standard  debt  covenants  relating  to  financial
position and performance as well as restrictions on the declarations and payment
of  dividends.  The  Company  is in the  process  of  negotiating  a new  credit
facility,  but has not yet entered into a definitive agreement.  As of March 16,
1999, the outstanding balance was approximately $15 million and the availability
was approximately $8 million.

The Company's sources of liquidity  include,  but are not limited to, funds from
operations,  and funds available under the Credit  Agreement,  which the Company
anticipates extending or refinancing.  The Company may be able to use additional
bank borrowings, proceeds from the sale of common and preferred shares, proceeds
from the exercise of warrants,  and the raising of other forms of debt or equity
through  private  placement  or  public  offerings.  There  can be no  assurance
however,  that  these  options  will be  available,  or if  available,  on terms
favorable to the Company.  The Company  believes that its current cash position,
augmented by financing activities,  will provide it with sufficient resources to
finance  its  working  capital  requirements  for the  foreseeable  future.  The
Company's capital requirements depend on a variety of factors, including but not
limited to, the rate of increase or decrease in its existing  business base; the
success,  timing,  and  amount of  investment  required  to bring  new  products
on-line;  revenue  growth or decline;  and potential  acquisitions.  The Company
believes  that it has  the  financial  resources  to meet  its  future  business
requirements.

OUTLOOK

The Company's  objective is to continue to grow each of its  operating  segments
internally and through acquisitions, both domestically and abroad. The Company's
strategy has been, and continues to be, to invest in and acquire businesses that
complement  and add to its  existing  business  base.  The Company has  expanded
significantly through acquisitions in the last twelve months and continues to do
so. The Company's  financial results and cash flows are substantially  dependent
on not only its ability to sustain and grow existing businesses, but to continue
to grow  through  acquisition.  The  Company  expects to  continue to pursue its
acquisition  strategy in 1999 and future  years,  but there can be no  assurance
that management will be able to continue to find, acquire, finance and integrate
high quality companies at attractive prices.

The Company is constantly  looking for ways to maximize  stockholder  value.  As
such, it is continually  seeking  operational  efficiencies and synergies within
operating segments as well as evaluating acquisitions of businesses and customer
bases which  complement the operations of the Company.  The Company has retained
the  services  of  an  investment   banking  firm  to  help  evaluate  strategic
  
                                     22
<PAGE>

initiatives and maximize  stockholder  value.  These  strategic  initiatives may
include acquisitions, raising additional funds through debt or equity offerings,
or the  divestiture  of  non-core  business  units that are not  critical to the
Company's  long term  strategy  or other  restructuring  or  rationalization  of
existing operations.  The Company will review all alternatives to ensure maximum
appreciation of its shareholders' investments. There can be no assurance however
that any  initiatives  will be found,  or if  found,  that they will be on terms
favorable to the Company.

Forward-Looking Statements And Associated Risk

Certain  statements in this annual  report,  and the documents  incorporated  by
reference herein, constitute "forward-looking  statements" within the meaning of
Section  27A of  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  Section  21E of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and the Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
The Company intends that such forward-looking  statements be subject to the safe
harbors  created  thereby.  Such  forward-looking  statements  involve known and
unknown  risks,  uncertainties  and other  factors  which  may cause the  actual
results,  performance or achievements of the Company to be materially  different
from any future  results,  performance or  achievements  expressed or implied by
such  forward-looking  statements.  Such  factors  include,  among  others,  the
following:  the continued  ability of the Company to sustain its growth  through
product  development and business  acquisitions;  the successful  completion and
integration  of  future  acquisitions;  the  ability  to  hire  and  retain  key
personnel; the continued development of the Company's technical,  manufacturing,
sales, marketing and management capabilities;  relationships with and dependence
on third-party  suppliers;  anticipated  competition;  uncertainties relating to
economic  conditions  where the  Company  operates;  uncertainties  relating  to
government and regulatory policies; uncertainties relating to customer plans and
commitments; rapid technological developments and obsolescence in the industries
in which the Company operates and competes;  potential  performance  issues with
suppliers and customers;  governmental export and import policies;  global trade
policies;   worldwide  political  stability  and  economic  growth;  the  highly
competitive  environment in which the Company operates;  potential entry of new,
well-capitalized   competitors  into  the  Company's  markets;  changes  in  the
Company's capital structure and cost of capital;  and uncertainties  inherent in
international operations and foreign currency fluctuations. The words "believe",
"expect",  "anticipate",  "intend" and "plan" and similar  expressions  identify
forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on
these forward-looking statements,  which speak only as of the date the statement
was made.

Risk Factors

In addition to the other  information  contained  herein,  the following factors
should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its business.

Competition

Each segment of the Company's business is highly competitive, and it is expected
that competitive pressures will continue. Many of the Company's competitors have
far greater financial,  technological,  marketing, personnel and other resources
than the  Company.  The areas  which the Company has  identified  for  continued
growth and expansion are also target market segments for some of the largest and
most strongly  capitalized  companies in the United  States,  Canada and Europe.
There can be no assurance that the Company will have the  financial,  technical,
marketing  and  other  resources  required  to  compete   successfully  in  this
environment in the future.


                                       23
<PAGE>

Uncertainty of Future Financial Results

While the Company has been  profitable  for the last three fiscal years,  future
financial results are uncertain. There can be no assurance that the Company will
continue to be operated in a profitable manner.  Profitability depends upon many
factors,  including the success of the Company's various marketing programs, the
maintenance  or  reduction  of expense  levels and the ability of the Company to
successfully coordinate the efforts of the different segments of its business.

Future Sales of and Market for the Shares

As  of  December  31,  1998,  there  were  35,577,308  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding.  In  addition,  3,345,140  shares of Common  Stock are reserved for
issuance in exchange for the exchangeable shares of ACT-GFX Canada, Inc. and the
exchangeable shares of TigerTel Services Limited (formerly Commstar, Ltd.), both
wholly owned  subsidiaries of ACT. Since January 1, 1998, the Company has issued
or  reserved  an  aggregate  of  18,634,675  shares  of Common  Stock,  of which
14,073,937  shares of Common Stock were issued in  acquisitions,  3,345,140  are
reserved for issuance of  exchangeable  shares,  850,000  shares of Common Stock
were issued upon the exercise of warrants,  100,000  shares of Common Stock were
sold to an officer  of the  Company,  and  265,598  shares of Common  Stock were
issued for services rendered, including services under employment agreements and
employee bonuses.

Although the Company has recently  announced that it intends to limit the use of
stock in future acquisitions, and to focus on cash transactions, the Company may
effect  acquisitions  or contract for certain  services  through the issuance of
Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company, as it has typically done
in the past. In addition,  the Company has agreed to certain "price  protection"
provisions in acquisition  agreements  which may result in additional  shares of
common stock being issued to selling  shareholders  as of the effective  date of
the registration of the shares such selling  shareholder  previously received as
consideration from the Company.  Such issuances of additional  securities may be
viewed  as  being  dilutive  of  the  value  of  the  Common  Stock  in  certain
circumstances  and may have an adverse  impact on the market price of the Common
Stock.

Risks Associated with Acquisitions and Expansion

The  Company  has  engaged  in a  continuing  program of  acquisitions  of other
businesses  which are  considered to be  complementary  to the lines of business
carried on by the Company,  and it is anticipated  that such  acquisitions  will
continue to occur.  Total assets of the Company were approximately $124 million,
$61 million,  $33 million and $4 million as of December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996 and
1995,  respectively.  Net operating revenue was approximately $207 million, $103
million, $20 million and $2 million for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997,
1996 and 1995, respectively. Managing these dramatic changes in the scope of the
business of the Company will present ongoing challenges to management, and there
can be no assurance that the Company's operations as currently structured, or as
affected by future acquisitions, will be successful.

The Company and the businesses  acquired by the Company may require  substantial
additional capital, and there can be no assurance as to the availability of such
capital  when needed,  nor as to the terms on which such  capital  might be made
available to the Company.  The Company's  Credit  Agreement  expires on July 31,
1999 and  there is no  assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  extend  or
refinance the Credit Agreement or obtain terms similar to those now in place.

                                       24
<PAGE>

It is the Company's policy to retain existing  management of acquired companies,
under the overall  supervision of senior management of the Company.  The success
of the operations of these  subsidiaries  will depend, to a great extent, on the
continued efforts of the management of the acquired companies.


The Company has entered into  earnout  arrangements  with  selling  shareholders
under which they are entitled to additional consideration for their interests in
the  companies  they sold to ACT.  Under  these  agreements,  assuming  that all
earnouts are  achieved,  and assuming  certain  levels of  profitability  in the
future,  the  Company  is  contingently  liable  for  additional   consideration
amounting  to  approximately   $11  million  based  on  achieved  1999  results,
approximately  $2 million based on achieved 2000 results,  and  approximately $4
million based on achieved 2001 results.

The Company has entered into put options with the selling  shareholders of those
companies in which the Company acquired less than a 100% interest. These options
provide for the Company to acquire the  remaining  portion it does not own after
periods  ranging from 4 to 5 years from the dates of  acquisition at amounts per
share  generally  equal to 10% - 20% of the average annual earnings per share of
the company before income taxes for, generally,  a two-year period ending on the
effective date of the put multiplied by a multiple ranging from 4 to 5.

Dependence on Key Individuals

The future success of the Company is highly dependent upon the Company's ability
to attract and retain  qualified key employees.  The Company is organized with a
small senior  management  team, with each of its separate  operations  under the
day-to-day  control of local managers.  If the Company were to lose the services
of any members of its central  management  team,  the overall  operations of the
Company could be adversely affected, and the operations of any of the individual
facilities  of the Company  could be  adversely  affected if the services of the
local managers  should be  unavailable.  The Company has entered into employment
contracts   with  key  officers  and   employees  of  the  Company  and  certain
subsidiaries.  The  agreements  are for periods of one to ten years through June
2009. Some of the employment contracts also call for bonus arrangements based on
earnings.

In July of 1998, the Company  announced  that it had formed an executive  search
committee to locate and interview  candidates  for the position of President and
Chief  Operating  Officer.  The Company expects to fill this new position by the
end of the second quarter of 1999.

Lack of Dividends on Common Stock; Issuance of Preferred Stock

The Company does not have a history of paying dividends on its Common Stock, and
there can be no assurance that such  dividends  will be paid in the  foreseeable
future.  Under the terms of a credit  agreement  with a bank,  the  Company  may
declare and pay cash dividends to its stockholders in the aggregate amount of up
to $150,000 in any calendar year. The Company  intends to use any earnings which
may be  generated  to  finance  the growth of the its  businesses.  The Board of
Directors  has the right to authorize the issuance of preferred  stock,  without
further  stockholder  approval,  the holders of which may have preferences as to
payment of dividends.

Possible Volatility of Stock Price

The Company's Common Stock is quoted on the Nasdaq Stock Market(R),  which stock
market has  experienced  and is likely to experience  in the future  significant
price and volume  fluctuations  which could adversely affect the market price of
its Common Stock without regard to the operating  performance of the Company. In
addition,  the Company believes that factors such as the significant  changes to

                                       25
<PAGE>

the  business  of  the  Company   resulting  from  continued   acquisitions  and
expansions, quarterly fluctuations in the financial results or cash flows of the
Company, shortfalls in earnings or sales below analyst expectations,  changes in
the performance of other companies in the same market sectors as the Company and
the performance of the overall economy and the financial markets could cause the
price of its  Common  Stock to  fluctuate  substantially.  During  the 12 months
preceding  the date of this  Annual  Report,  the price per share of its  Common
Stock has ranged from a high of $5 1/2 to a low of $1 9/16.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

Background.  Some computers,  software,  and other equipment include programming
code in which calendar year data is abbreviated to only two digits.  As a result
of this design decision,  some of these systems could fail to operate or fail to
produce correct  results if "00" is interpreted to mean 1900,  rather than 2000.
These problems are widely  expected to increase in frequency and severity as the
year 2000  approaches,  and are commonly  referred to as the "Millenium  Bug" or
"Year 2000 problem".

Assessment.  The Year 2000 problem could affect computers,  software,  and other
equipment used, operated, or maintained by the Company. Accordingly, the Company
is  reviewing  its  internal  computers,  software,   applications  and  related
equipment and its systems other than  information  technology  systems to ensure
that they will be Year 2000 compliant.  The Company  believes that its Year 2000
plan will be completed in all material  respects prior to the  anticipated  Year
2000 failure dates. The Company spent approximately $200,000 in 1998 on its Year
2000 compliance plan and estimates an additional $450,000 will be spent in 1999,
most of which relates to new equipment.  There can be no assurance however, that
the total costs will be limited to this amount.

Software Sold to  Consumers.  The Company is in the process of  identifying  all
potential  Year 2000 problems with any of the software  products it develops and
markets. However,  management believes that it is not possible to determine with
complete  certainty that all Year 2000 problems affecting the Company's software
products  will  be  identified  or  corrected  due to the  complexity  of  these
products.  In addition,  these  products  interact with other third party vendor
products  and  operate on  computer  systems  which are not under the  Company's
control. For non-compliant products, the Company is providing recommendations as
to how an  organization  may address  possible Year 2000 issues  regarding  that
product.  Software  updates are available for most,  but not all,  known issues.
Such information is the most currently available  concerning the behavior of the
Company's  products  and is  provided  "as is"  without  warranty  of any  kind.
However,  variability of definitions of  "compliance"  with the Year 2000 and of
different combinations of software,  firmware, and hardware could likely lead to
lawsuits against the Company. The outcome of any such lawsuits and the impact on
the Company are not estimable at this time.

Internal Infrastructure. The Company believes that its major computers, software
applications,  and  related  equipment  used in  connection  with  its  internal
operations  are not  subject to  significant  Year 2000  problems,  because  the
computer  programs  used by the Company are  primarily  off-the-shelf,  recently
developed  programs from third-party  vendors.  The Company is in the process of
obtaining  assurances  from such vendors as to the Year 2000 compliance of their
products. Most vendors are reluctant to provide written assurances and, although
some vendors may make verbal assurances of Year 2000 compliance, there can be no
certainty that the systems utilized by the Company will not be affected. We have
assessed all 35 of our operating locations and have determined that 20 of the 35
locations are Year 2000 compliant.  Of the remaining 15 locations, 13 are in the
process of upgrading  their current  systems and 2 are replacing  their systems.
All internal  infrastructure  systems and equipment are expected to be Year 2000
compliant prior to the anticipated Year 2000 failure dates.


                                       26
<PAGE>

Systems Other than Information  Technology Systems. In addition to computers and
related systems, the operation of office and facilities  equipment,  such as fax
machines,  photocopiers,  telephone switches,  security systems,  elevators, and
other common devices may be affected by the Year 2000 problem.  We have assessed
all  35 of  our  operating  locations  and  have  determined  that  28 of the 35
locations are Year 2000 compliant.  The remaining 7 locations are in the process
of upgrading or replacing the current systems.  All  non-information  technology
systems  and  equipment  are  expected  to be Year 2000  compliant  prior to the
anticipated Year 2000 failure dates.

Suppliers.  The Company has initiated  communications with third party suppliers
of the  major  computers,  software,  and other  equipment  used,  operated,  or
maintained  by the Company to identify and, to the extent  possible,  to resolve
issues involving the Year 2000 problem.  However,  the Company has limited or no
control over the actions of these third party suppliers. Thus, while the Company
expects that it will be able to resolve any significant  Year 2000 problems with
these systems,  there can be no assurance that these  suppliers will resolve any
or all Year 2000 problems with these systems before the occurrence of a material
disruption to the business of the Company or any of its  customers.  Any failure
of these third  parties to resolve Year 2000  problems  with their  systems in a
timely manner could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Contingency Plans. At certain subsidiaries,  where it feels it is necessary, the
Company is preparing  contingency plans relating specifically to identified Year
2000 risks and developing  cost estimates  relating to these plans.  Contingency
plans may include stockpiling raw and packaging materials,  increasing inventory
levels,  securing alternate sources of supply and other appropriate measures. We
anticipate   completion  of  the  Year  2000  contingency  plans  prior  to  the
anticipated Year 2000 failure dates. Once developed, Year 2000 contingency plans
and related cost  estimates will be tested in certain  respects and  continually
refined as additional information becomes available.

Most Likely Consequences of Year 2000 Problems.  The Company expects to identify
and resolve all Year 2000 problems that could  materially  adversely  affect its
business operations and cash flows. However,  management believes that it is not
possible  to  determine  with  complete  certainty  that all Year 2000  problems
affecting the Company have been  identified or corrected.  The number of devices
that could be affected and the  interactions  among these devices are simply too
numerous.  In  addition,  one  cannot  accurately  predict  how many  Year  2000
problem-related  failures  will occur or the  severity,  duration,  or financial
consequences  of these  perhaps  inevitable  failures.  As a result,  management
expects that the Company may suffer the following consequences:

  1. A significant  number of operational  inconveniences and inefficiencies for
the Company and its clients that may divert  management's time and attention and
financial and human resources from its ordinary business activities; and

  2. A lesser number of serious  system  failures  that may require  significant
efforts  by the  Company or its  customers  to  prevent  or  alleviate  material
business disruptions.

Based on the activities  described  above, the Company does not believe that the
Year 2000 problem will have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations or cash flows. The estimate of the potential impact on its
financial  position,  overall  results of  operations or cash flows for the Year
2000  problem  could  change in the  future.  The  discussion  of the  Company's
efforts,  and  management's  expectations,  relating to Year 2000 compliance are
forward-looking   statements.   The  Company's  ability  to  achieve  Year  2000
compliance and the level of incremental  costs  associated  therewith,  could be
adversely  impacted  by,  among  other  things,  the  availability  and  cost of
programming  and  testing  resources,  vendors'  ability  to modify  proprietary

                                       27
<PAGE>

software,  and  unanticipated  problems  identified  in the  ongoing  compliance
review.

IMPACT OF RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

In 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards (FAS)
131,  Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information.  FAS
131  supersedes  FAS  14,  Financial   Reporting  for  Segments  of  a  Business
Enterprise,  replacing the  "industry  segment"  approach with the  "management"
approach.  The management approach designates the internal  organization that is
used by management for making operating  decisions and assessing  performance as
the  source  of  the  Company's  reportable  segments.  FAS  131  also  requires
disclosures about products and services,  geographic areas, and major customers.
The  adoption  of FAS 131 did not affect  results  of  operations  or  financial
position but did affect the  disclosure of segment  information  (see Note 20 to
the Company's consolidated financial statements).

In 1998, the Company  adopted FAS 130,  Reporting  Comprehensive  Income,  which
establishes  standards for reporting and disclosure of comprehensive  income and
its components.  The Company's comprehensive income consists of foreign currency
translation  adjustments  and is  reported  in the  consolidated  statements  of
stockholders' equity.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

With its Canadian and United  Kingdom  subsidiaries,  the Company has operations
and sales in various regions of the world. Additionally,  the Company may export
and import to and from other countries.  The Company's  operations may therefore
be subject to volatility because of currency fluctuations, inflation and changes
in political and economic conditions in these countries.  Sales and expenses may
be denominated in local currencies and may be affected as currency  fluctuations
affect  the  Company's  product  prices  and  operating  costs  or  those of its
competitors.

The Company presently does not use any derivative financial instruments to hedge
its exposure to adverse  fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates,
fluctuations  in commodity  prices or other market risks,  nor does it invest in
speculative financial instruments.

The Company's borrowings under its Credit Agreement are either at the prime rate
or at the London Interbank Offered Rate, at the Company's  election.  Such rates
are subject to adjustment at any time.



                                       28
<PAGE>


ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Consolidated  financial statements of the Company at December 31, 1998 and 1997,
and for each of the three years in the period ended  December 31, 1998,  and the
Report of  Management  and the Reports of  Independent  Accountants  thereon are
incorporated by reference from the Company's  consolidated  financial statements
on pages F-1 through F-31 of this annual report on Form 10-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

QUARTERLY DATA (UNAUDITED)
(In thousands, except per share data)             First       Second      Third        Fourth        Full
Year Ended December 31,                           Quarter     Quarter     Quarter      Quarter       Year
- -------------------------------------             --------    --------    --------     --------    ---------
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>    
1998
Net Operating Revenue                             $ 38,784    $ 53,680    $ 59,044     $ 55,573    $ 207,081
Gross Profit                                        10,486      17,456      18,949       17,297       64,188
Net Income Applicable to Common Stockholders           597       2,351       1,654           44        4,646
Basic Net Income Per Share                            0.03        0.07        0.05          -           0.14
Diluted Net Income Per Share                          0.02        0.07        0.05          -           0.13
                                                  --------    --------    --------     --------    ---------
1997
Net Operating Revenue                             $ 18,127    $ 24,743    $ 29,195     $ 31,094    $ 103,159
Gross Profit                                         6,048       8,309      10,369        9,025       33,751
Net Income Applicable to Common Stockholders           279         519       1,174          296        2,268
Basic Net Income Per Share                            0.05        0.07        0.09         0.02         0.18
Diluted Net Income Per Share                          0.04        0.06        0.08         0.01         0.15
                                                  --------    --------    --------     --------    ---------
</TABLE>

ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND   DISAGREEMENTS  WITH   ACCOUNTANTS  ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

On October 23,  1998,  the Board of  Directors  of the Company  voted to replace
Rubin,  Brown,  Gornstein  & Co. LLP  ("RBG")  with  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP
("PwC") as the Company's  independent  accountants  for the year ending December
31, 1998.

The reports of RBG on the Company's financial statements for the past two fiscal
years did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and were not
qualified or modified as to uncertainty,  audit scope, or accounting principles.
In connection with the audits of the Company's financial  statements for each of
the two fiscal  years ended  December 31, 1997 and 1996,  and in the  subsequent
interim period through November 2, 1998, there were no disagreements with RBG on
any  matters  of  accounting   principles  or  practices,   financial  statement
disclosure,  or auditing  scope and  procedures  which,  if not  resolved to the
satisfaction  of RBG,  would have caused RBG to make  reference to the matter in
their report.

During the two most recent  fiscal years and in the  subsequent  interim  period
through  November  2,  1998,  there  were no  reportable  events as  defined  in
Regulation S-K Item 304(a)(1)(v).

On November 2, 1998,  the Company  engaged PwC as its principal  accountants  to
audit its  consolidated  financial  statements for the year ending  December 31,
1998.  During fiscal 1996 and 1997 and in the  subsequent  interim  period,  the
Company  had not  consulted  PwC on items which  concerned  the  application  of
accounting  principles  generally,  or to a  specific  transaction  or  group of
transactions,  either  completed or proposed,  or the type of audit opinion that
might be rendered on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

The  Company  filed a Current  Report on Form 8-K on  November  4, 1998 with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission to report the engagement of PwC. Attached to
that report as an exhibit was a letter from RBG addressed to the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission  stating that they agreed with the disclosure  contained in
Current Report on Form 8-K.

                                       29

<PAGE>


PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

       Name                Age        Position/Committees                      Position Held Since
- -----------------------  -------   ------------------------------------------- -------------------
<S>                        <C>     <C>                                         <C>


Richard J. Sullivan        59      Chairman, CEO (1,2)                         May 1993
Garrett A. Sullivan        64      Director, President, COO (1,3)              March 1995
Daniel E. Penni            51      Director (1,2,3)                            March 1995
Angela M. Sullivan         39      Director (1,2)                              April 1996
Arthur F. Noterman         57      Director (1,3)                              February 1997
Constance K. Weaver        46      Director (1,3)                              June 1998
Andrew J. Hidalgo          42      Senior Vice President                       March 1999
Marc Sherman               35      Senior Vice President                       March 1999
Scott R. Silverman         35      Senior Vice President                       March 1999
Jerome C. Artigliere       45      Vice President                              March 1999
Gary A. Gray               46      Vice President, Chief Technology Officer    April 1998
David A. Loppert           44      Vice President, Treasurer, CFO              February 1997
Tabitha N. Zane            39      Vice President                              February 1999
- -----------------------  -----
<FN>

(1)  Member of the Executive Committee
(2)  Member of the Compensation Committee
(3)  Member of the Audit Committee
</FN>
</TABLE>

Richard J.  Sullivan:  Mr.  Sullivan was elected to the Board of Directors,  and
named Chief Executive Officer,  in May 1993. He is Chairman of the Executive and
Compensation  Committees of the Company's  Board of Directors.  He was appointed
Secretary  in March  1996.  Mr.  Sullivan  is  currently  Chairman  of Great Bay
Technology, Inc. From August 1989 to December 1992, Mr. Sullivan was Chairman of
the  Board  of  Directors  of  Consolidated   Convenience   Systems,   Inc.,  in
Springfield,  Missouri.  He has been the  Managing  General  Partner  of The Bay
Group, a merger and  acquisition  firm in New Hampshire since February 1985. Mr.
Sullivan was  formerly  Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer of  Manufacturing
Resources,  Inc., an MRP II software  company in Boston,  Massachusetts  and was
Chairman and CEO of Encode Technology, a "Computer-Aided Manufacturing" Company,
in Nashua,  New Hampshire  from February  1984 to August 1986.  Mr.  Sullivan is
married to Angela M. Sullivan.

Garrett A. Sullivan:  Mr. Sullivan has been President of the Company since March
1995.  He was elected to the Board of Directors  in August  1995.  He was acting
secretary  of the  Company  from  March  1995 to  March  1996 and  acting  Chief
Financial  Officer from March 1995 to February 1997. From 1993 to 1994 he was an
Executive Vice President of Envirobusiness, Inc. From 1988 to 1993, he served as
president  and chief  operating  officer of two medium  sized  companies  in the
electronics and chemical  industries  which were owned by Philips North America.
He was previously a partner in the Bay Group, a merger and  acquisition  firm in
New Hampshire from 1988 to 1993. From 1991 to 1998 Mr. Sullivan was President of
Granada  Hospital Group,  Burlington,  Massachusetts.  Mr.  Sullivan  received a
Bachelor of Arts degree from Boston  University in 1960 and obtained an MBA from
Harvard University in 1962.


                                       30
<PAGE>

Daniel E. Penni:  Mr.  Penni has served as a Director  since  March 1995.  He is
currently a Senior Vice President and General  Manager for Arthur J. Gallagher &
Co., an insurance agency. He has worked in many sales and  administrative  roles
in the insurance  business since 1969. He was President of the Boston  Insurance
Center,  Inc.,  an  insurance  agency  until  1988.  Mr.  Penni was  founder and
President of BIC Equities,  Inc., a broker/dealer  registered with the NASD. Mr.
Penni  graduated  with a Bachelor of Sciences  degree in 1969 from the School of
Management at Boston College.

Angela M. Sullivan: Ms. Sullivan has served as a Director since April 1996. From
1988 to the present, Ms. Sullivan has been a partner in the Bay Group, a private
merger and  acquisition  firm,  President  of Great Bay  Technology,  Inc.,  and
President  of Spirit  Saver,  Inc. Ms.  Sullivan  received a Bachelor of Science
degree in Business Administration in 1980 from Salem State College. Ms. Sullivan
is married to Richard J. Sullivan.

Arthur F. Noterman: Mr. Noterman, a Chartered Life Underwriter,  has served as a
Director  since  February  1997,  and is  Chairman  of the Audit  Committee.  An
operator of his own insurance  agency,  Mr. Noterman is a registered NASD broker
affiliated with a Chicago,  IL registered  broker/dealer.  Mr. Noterman attended
Northeastern  University  from  1965 to 1975 and  obtained  the  Chartered  Life
Underwriters  Professional degree in 1979 from The American College,  Bryn Mawr,
Pennsylvania.

Constance  K. Weaver:  Ms.  Weaver was elected to the Board of Directors in June
1998.  From 1996 to the present,  Ms. Weaver has been Vice  President,  Investor
Relations and Financial Communications for AT& T Corporation.  From 1995 through
1996 she was Senior Director,  Investor  Relations and Financial  Communications
for Microsoft  Corporation.  From 1993 to 1995 she was Vice President,  Investor
Relations, and from 1991 to 1993 she was Director of Investor Relations, for MCI
Communications,  Inc. Ms.  Weaver is a director of Primark  Corporation  and the
National Investor Relations  Institute (NIRI). Ms. Weaver received a Bachelor of
Science degree from the University of Maryland in 1975.

Andrew J. Hidalgo: Mr. Hidalgo joined the Company as Vice President of Strategic
Relations in January 1998. In March 1999, he was appointed Senior Vice President
of the Company's  primary  business  group with overall  responsibility  for the
operations   of   the   Company's   Communications    Infrastructure,    Network
Infrastructure,   Application   Technology,   Telecommunications   and  Internet
divisions. From 1995 to 1997 he was Divisional Director of Bentley Systems, Inc.
From 1993 to 1995 he was Vice President,  Sales and Marketing,  of Cadkey,  Inc.
Mr.  Hidalgo  has over  twenty  years  of  experience  in a  variety  of  sales,
marketing, operations and executive management positions with such organizations
as 3M Company,  Schlumberger/MDSI  and General Electric. At General Electric, he
was a member of the corporate  strategic  business  development  committee.  Mr.
Hidalgo attended Fairfield University in Fairfield  Connecticut where he majored
in marketing.

Marc Sherman:  Mr. Sherman is President of the Company's Inteletek division.  He
was  appointed  Vice  President  of the  Company in April  1998 and Senior  Vice
President in March 1999. Since 1994, Mr. Sherman has been President of Universal
Commodities Corporation, a company acquired by ACT in November 1996. He has over
ten years of experience in marketing,  operations and executive management.  Mr.
Sherman attended Rider University and majored in Business Administration.

Scott R. Silverman:  Mr.  Silverman  joined the Company in December 1997 as Vice
President  of  Business  Development  with a focus  on  merger  and  acquisition
activity.  In March 1999,  he was  appointed  Senior Vice  President,  Corporate
Development  and  Legal  Affairs.  From  1995 to 1996  Mr.  Silverman  was  Vice
President  and  Corporate  Counsel  of  ATI  Communications.  He  was  appointed
President of ATI in November  1996 after ATI was  acquired by the  Company.  Mr.
Silverman  is a licensed  attorney.  From 1989 to 1995 he  practiced  law in the
Philadelphia and South New Jersey area specializing in commercial litigation and


                                       31
<PAGE>

communications  law. Mr. Silverman graduated from the University of Pennsylvania
in 1985 and Villanova University School of Law in 1988.

Jerome C.  Artigliere:  Mr.  Artigliere  joined a  subsidiary  of the Company as
President in December  1997,  and was appointed Vice President of the Company in
April 1998. From 1996 to 1997 he was Regional Vice President at General Electric
Capital  Corporation in Portsmouth,  NH. Prior to that, from 1994 to 1996 he was
State Vice President at First National Bank in Portsmouth, NH, a commercial bank
subsidiary  of  Peoples   Heritage   Bank  of  Portland,   MA.  He  received  an
undergraduate  degree in finance from Seton Hall  University in 1977, and an MBA
from Fairleigh Dickinson University in 1980.

Gary A. Gray:  Mr. Gray is Vice  President and Chief  Technology  Officer of the
Company and  President of an ACT  operating  unit.  He joined the Company at its
founding  in 1993 and served as its  President  from 1993 to 1995.  From 1990 to
1992 he was Vice President for Business Development of Consolidated  Convenience
Systems.  Mr.  Gray  has  spent 22 years in the  development  and  marketing  of
computer  software.  He is a 1974 graduate of Hope College,  Holland,  Michigan,
with a Bachelor of Science degree in Physics.

David A. Loppert:  Mr. Loppert joined the Company as Vice  President,  Treasurer
and Chief  Financial  Officer in February 1997.  From 1996 to 1997, he was Chief
Financial Officer of Bingo Brain, Inc. From 1994 to 1996, he was Chief Financial
Officer of both C.T.A. America, Inc., and Ricochet  International,  L.L.C. Prior
to that he was  Senior  Vice  President,  Acquisitions  and  Due  Diligence,  of
Associated Financial Corporation.  Mr. Loppert started his financial career with
Price Waterhouse in 1978, in Johannesburg,  South Africa, before moving to their
Los Angeles Office in 1980 where he rose to the position of Senior  Manager.  He
holds  Bachelor  degrees in both  Accounting  and Commerce,  as well as a Higher
Diploma  in  Accounting,   all  from  the   University  of  the   Witwatersrand,
Johannesburg.  Mr. Loppert was designated a Chartered  Accountant (South Africa)
in 1980.

Tabitha N. Zane:  Ms. Zane joined the Company in February 1999 as Vice President
of  Investor  Relations.  Previously,  from 1997 to 1999,  she was  Director  of
Investor Relations for Vanguard Cellular System, until that company was acquired
by AT&T.  From 1993 to 1997,  Ms. Zane served as Director of Investor  Relations
for U.S.  Long  Distance  Corp.  Ms. Zane  obtained a Bachelor  of Arts  degree,
majoring in political science, from Trinity College, Hartford, CT in 1981.

Certain of the other  information  required  by this Item 10 will be included in
the Company's definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference
and for the  executive  officers'  terms of office,  see the terms of employment
agreements under Item 11, "Executive Compensation".

                                       32
<PAGE>


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Employment  Contracts  and  Termination  of  Employment  and   Change-In-Control
Arrangements

The Company has entered  into  employment  agreements  with its named  executive
officers, as follows:


                                       Term                         
                             ---------------------------------      Base
        Name                 Length         Commencing              Salary
- ----------------------       ---------      ------------------    -----------
Richard J. Sullivan          5 years 1      July 1, 1998          $ 450,000 2
Garrett A. Sullivan          5 years 1      June 1, 1998          $ 165,000
Andrew J. Hidalgo            3 years        May 11, 1998          $ 150,000 3
Marc Sherman                 3 years        November 13, 1996     $ 210,000 4
Scott R. Silverman           3 years        February 1, 1999      $ 240,000 5
Jerome C. Artigliere         3 years        December 16, 1997     $ 100,000 6
Gary A. Gray                 3 years        December __, 1998     $ 42,000 7
David A. Loppert             5 years 1      June 19, 1998         $ 150,000
Tabitha Zane                 2 years        February 8, 1999      $ 120,000

- ---------------------------------------------
1 - Automatically  renewed  for  successive  additional  one-year  terms on each
    anniversary.
2 - Provides for a minimum annual bonus of $140,000.
3 - Effective  as  of March 9, 1999.  Also contains a bonus provision if certain
    targets are met.
4 - Effective as of January 1, 1999
5 - Provides for a minimum annual increase of 10% of base salary.
6 - Effective as of February 1, 1999
7 - In  addition  to base compensation, Mr. Gray receives a commission of 10% of
    gross sales revenue of Applied Cellular Technology of Missouri, Inc.



The formal  employment  agreements for Richard J. Sullivan,  Garrett A. Sullivan
and David A. Loppert entered into in 1998 only covered certain of the employment
terms  and  conditions  and  the rest of the  employment  terms  remained  under
negotiation until final agreement was reached on March 23, 1999. As of that date
each employment agreement for Richard J. Sullivan, Garrett A. Sullivan and David
A. Loppert was revised and restated. Such employment agreements,  as revised and
restated,  include  certain  "change of control"  provisions.  At the employee's
option,  he may terminate his employment  under the agreement at any time within
one year after such change of control.  The Company  shall pay to the employee a
severance  payment  equal to the maximum  amount  which would not result in such
payment  being an excess  parachute  payment as defined in the Internal  Revenue
Code which  would be subject to an excise  tax.  However,  if any other  amounts
payable by the Company to the employee are subject to the  parachute  provisions
of the Internal Revenue Code and reducing the severance  payment would eliminate
the excise tax on the severance  payment and such other payments and result in a
greater net payment,  the severance payment may be reduced.  Additionally,  upon
termination  of  employment  for any  reason  other  than for  breach  under the
agreement,  Garrett Sullivan and David Loppert shall be entitled to receive from
the Company 60 equal  monthly  payments of 8.333% of his  compensation  from the
Company over the 12-month  period for which his  compensation  was the greatest,
and Mr.  Richard  Sullivan  shall  receive 60 monthly  payments of $37,500 each.
These payments are reduced by any severance  payments.  Mr.  Richard  Sullivan's
agreement  provides  that he may elect to receive a percentage of his salary for
each 12-month  period in the Company's  Common  Stock.  For the 12-month  period
commencing  July 1, 1998,  Mr.  Sullivan has elected to receive  $200,000 of his
compensation in stock.

Additionally,  the  agreements  for both Mr.  Richard  Sullivan and Mr.  Garrett
Sullivan  provide  for certain  "triggering  events"  which  include a change in
control of the Company,  the termination of Richard Sullivan's  employment other
than for cause, or if Richard Sullivan ceases to hold his current positions with
the  Company  for any reason  other  than a material  breach of the terms of his
employment  agreement.  Within ten days of the occurrence of a triggering event,
the Company shall pay, in cash or in stock, or in a combination  thereof,  $12.1
million  and $3.5  million,  respectively  to  Richard  Sullivan  and to Garrett
Sullivan.  In addition,  the Company shall transfer to Richard  Sullivan certain
other property valued at approximately  $0.5 million.  The Company would also be
required to make a gross up payment  that  covers all  federal and state  income
taxes payable by Mr. Sullivan, if any, as a result of the transfer.

Certain of the other  information  required  by this Item 11 will be included in
the  Company's   definitive  proxy  statement  and  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.


                                       33
<PAGE>



ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The  information  required  by this Item 12 will be  included  in the  Company's
definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13.   CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The  information  required  by this Item 13 will be  included  in the  Company's
definitive proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.









                                       34
<PAGE>


PART IV

ITEM 14.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON  FORM 8-K

(a)(1)   Financial Statements and Schedules

         The consolidated  financial statements listed in the accompanying index
         to the consolidated  financial  statements as set forth under Item 8 of
         this annual report on Form 10-K are filed or  incorporated by reference
         as part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

(a)(2)   Financial  statement  schedules have been omitted since they are either
         not required, not applicable or the information is otherwise included.

(a)(3)   Exhibits

         See Index to Exhibits filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

(b)      Reports on Form 8-K

         On November 4, 1998,  the  Company  filed a Current  Report on Form 8-K
         reporting  the   engagement  of   PricewaterhouseCoopers   LLP  as  its
         independent accountants.

         On March  11,  1999,  the  Company  filed  Amendment  No. 3 to Form 8-K
         regarding the acquisition of Signature  Industries Limited. In a Report
         on Form 8-K filed June 26, 1998, the Company  reported that, on June 8,
         1998, it had purchased an 85% interest in Signature Industries Limited,
         a  company  registered  in  England  ("Signature").  At the time of the
         filing,  the  Company  believed  it would be required to include in the
         report  Signature's  financial  statements  and the Company's pro forma
         financial information,  and stated that this information would be filed
         by amendment as soon as it was available.  The Company later concluded,
         however,   that  it  was  not  required  to  include   this   financial
         information, which was indicated in Amendment Number 2 to the Form 8-K.
         In the course of preparing its financial  statements for the year ended
         December  31,  1998,  the  Company  was  advised  that under one of the
         applicable  tests under Rule 3-05(b) and 11-01 of  Regulation  S-X, the
         financial  information is required to be included in the Company's Form
         8-K on account of the amount of the historical  operating loss incurred
         by Signature. Upon discovering its previous error, the Company promptly
         filed Amendment Number 3 to provide  Signature's  financial  statements
         and the Company's pro forma information.



(c) Exhibits - Included in Item (a)(3) above.






                                       35

<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934,  the  registrant  has duly  caused  this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto duly authorized in the city of Palm Beach,
State of Florida, on March 29, 1999.

                                      APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                                      By:  /s/ David A. Loppert
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         David A. Loppert, Vice President,
                                         Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the  registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

        Signature                             Title                    Date


                               Chairman of the Board of Directors,
  /S/ Richard J. Sullivan       Chief Executive Officer and
- ------------------------------  Secretary (Principal Executive
   (Richard J. Sullivan)        Officer)                          March 29, 1999


  /S/ Garrett A. Sullivan      President and Director (Principal
- ------------------------------  Operating Officer)
   (Garrett A. Sullivan)                                          March 29, 1999


  /S/ David A. Loppert         Vice President, Treasurer and Chief
- ------------------------------  Financial Officer (Principal
    (David A. Loppert)          Accounting Officer)               March 29, 1999


   /S/ Angela M. Sullivan      Director                           
- ------------------------------
    (Angela M. Sullivan)                                          March 29, 1999


    /S/ Daniel E. Penni
- ------------------------------ Director                           
     (Daniel E. Penni)                                            March 29, 1999


  /S/ Arthur F. Noterman       Director                         
- ------------------------------
   (Arthur F. Noterman)                                           March 29, 1999


  /S/ Constance K. Weaver      Director                           
- ------------------------------
   (Constance K. Weaver)                                          March 29, 1999

                                       36
<PAGE>


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(ITEM 14 (a))

                                                            Financial    
                                                            Statements   
                                                              Page
                                                                        
Report Of Management......................................    F-1 - 2      
                                                                         
Reports Of Independent Accountants........................    F-3 - 4      
                                                                         
Financial Statements                                                     

     Consolidated Balance Sheets..........................      F-5        
                                                                         
     Consolidated Statements Of Operations................      F-6        
                                                                         
     Consolidated Statements Of Stockholders' Equity .....      F-7        
                                                                         
     Consolidated Statements Of Cash Flows................      F-8
                                                                    
     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...........    F-9 - 31     


<PAGE>
                              Report Of Management


Management is responsible for the preparation and integrity of the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements  appearing in our Annual Report. The financial  statements
were  prepared in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles
appropriate in the circumstances and, accordingly, include certain amounts based
on our best judgments and estimates. Financial information in this Annual Report
is consistent with that in the financial statements.

Management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  a system of  internal  accounting
controls and  procedures  to provide  reasonable  assurance,  at an  appropriate
cost/benefit   relationship,   assets  are  safeguarded  and   transactions  are
authorized,  recorded and reported  properly.  The internal  accounting  control
system is augmented by a program of internal audits and  appropriate  reviews by
management,  written policies and guidelines,  careful selection and training of
qualified  personnel  and a written  Code of  Business  Conduct  adopted  by the
Company's Board of Directors, applicable to all employees of the Company and its
subsidiaries. In our opinion, the Company's internal accounting controls provide
reasonable  assurance  that assets are  safeguarded  against  material loss from
unauthorized use or disposition and that the financial  records are reliable for
preparing financial statements and other data and for maintaining accountability
of assets.

The Audit Committee of the Company's Board of Directors,  composed of a majority
of Directors  who are not officers of the  Company,  meets with the  independent
accountants,  management and internal auditors  periodically to discuss internal
accounting controls and auditing and financial reporting matters.  The Committee
reviews  with the  independent  accountants,  the scope and results of the audit
effort. The Committee also meets  periodically with the independent  accountants
and the director of internal audit without management present to ensure that the
independent  accountants  and the director of internal audit have free access to
the Committee.


                                      F-1
<PAGE>


Report of Management (Continued)




The independent accountants,  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, are recommended by the
Audit  Committee of the Board of  Directors,  selected by the Board of Directors
and  ratified  by  the  Company's  stockholders.  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP is
engaged to audit the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  Applied  Cellular
Technology,  Inc. and subsidiaries and conduct such tests and related procedures
as it deems necessary in conformity with generally accepted auditing  standards.
The  opinion of the  independent  accountants,  based  upon their  audits of the
Consolidated Financial Statements, is contained in this Annual Report.


 /S/ Richard J. Sullivan
- -------------------------------------
Richard J. Sullivan
Chairman, Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer



 /S/ Garrett A. Sullivan
- -------------------------------------
Garrett A. Sullivan
President and Chief Operating Officer



 /S/ David A. Loppert
- -------------------------------------
David A. Loppert
Vice President, Treasurer and
Chief Financial Officer

February 19, 1999

  

                                       F-2
<PAGE>



                                               Report of Independent Accountants



To the Board of Directors and
   Shareholders of Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.


In our opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet and the related
consolidated statements of operations, of stockholders' equity and of cash flows
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Applied
Cellular  Technology,  Inc. and its  subsidiaries  at December 31, 1998, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for the year in conformity with
generally accepted  accounting  principles.  These financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management;  our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit
of these  statements in accordance with generally  accepted  auditing  standards
which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable  assurance
about whether the financial  statements  are free of material  misstatement.  An
audit includes examining,  on a test basis,  evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial  statements,  assessing the  accounting  principles
used and  significant  estimates made by management,  and evaluating the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.



 /S/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
- -------------------------------
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
February 19, 1999


                                      F-3
<PAGE>






                                               Report of Independent Accountants


Board of Directors and Stockholders
Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.


We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheet of Applied Cellular
Technology,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  as of December  31,  1997,  and the related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for
each of the two years in the period ended  December 31,  1997.  These  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Applied
Cellular  Technology,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1997,  and the
consolidated  results of their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the
two years in the period ended  December 31 1997,  in conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles.


 /S/ Rubin, Brown, Gornstein & Co., LLP
- ---------------------------------------
Rubin, Brown, Gornstein & Co., LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
February 24, 1998






                                      F-4


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                        (In thousands, except par value)

                                     Assets

                                                             December 31,
                                                        ----------------------
                                                         1998            1997
                                                        -------         ------
<S>                                                     <C>           <C>
Current Assets
   Cash and cash equivalents                            $   4,555     $   7,657
   Accounts receivable and unbilled receivables
      (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of 
      $990 in 1998 and $675 in 1997)                       34,390        18,039
   Inventories                                             20,657        10,872
   Notes receivable                                         3,600         1,040
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                2,042         1,267
                                                        ---------      --------

         Total Current Assets                              65,244        38,875

Property And Equipment, net                                15,627         5,339

Notes Receivable                                            1,445         1,275

Goodwill, net                                              33,430        12,787

Other Assets                                                8,370         3,006
                                                        ---------     ---------
                                                        $ 124,116     $  61,282
                                                        =========     =========


                      Liabilities And Stockholders' Equity

Current Liabilities
   Notes payable                                        $  23,217       $ 4,783
   Current maturities of long-term debt                     1,158           843
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses                   23,070        14,487
   Other current liabilities                                3,312            --
                                                        ---------     ---------
         Total Current Liabilities                         50,757        20,113

Long-Term Debt                                              2,838         2,199
                                                        ---------     ---------
         Total Liabilities                                 53,595        22,312
                                                        ---------     ---------
Commitments And Contingencies

Minority Interest                                           2,961         1,785
                                                        ---------     ---------
Redeemable Preferred Shares                                    --           900
                                                        ---------     ---------
Stockholders' Equity
   Preferred shares:
      Authorized 5,000 shares in 1998 of $10 par value;
         special voting, issued and outstanding 1 share
         in 1998, Class B voting, issued and outstanding
         1 share in 1998                                       --            --
   Common shares:
      Authorized  80,000 and 40,000  shares in 1998 and
         1997,  respectively,  of $.001 par value;
         issued 35,683 shares and outstanding 35,577 
         shares in 1998 and 20,672 shares issued
         and outstanding in 1997                               36            21
   Common and preferred additional paid-in capital         60,517        33,680
   Retained earnings                                        7,232         2,586
   Treasury stock (carried at cost, 106 shares)              (337)           --
   Accumulated other comprehensive income                     112            (2)
                                                        ---------     ---------
         Total Stockholders' Equity                        67,560        36,285
                                                        ---------     ---------
                                                        $ 124,116      $ 61,282
                                                        =========     =========
</TABLE>

        See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

               APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      (In thousands, except per share data)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      For The Years Ended December 31,
                                                  --------------------------------------
                                                     1998           1997          1996
                                                  --------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>  


Net Operating Revenue                             $ 207,081      $103,159       $ 19,883

Costs Of Goods Sold                                 142,893        69,408         10,524
                                                  ---------      --------       --------
Gross Profit                                         64,188        33,751          9,359

Selling, General And Administrative Expenses         55,253        28,159          8,105
                                                  ---------      --------       --------
Operating Income                                      8,935         5,592          1,254

Interest Income                                         420           192            126

Interest Expense                                     (1,653)         (978)          (200)
                                                  ---------      --------       --------
Income Before Provision For Income
   Taxes And Minority Interest                        7,702         4,806          1,180

Provision For Income Taxes                            2,588         1,769            362
                                                  ---------      --------       --------
Income Before Minority Interest                       5,114         3,037            818

Minority Interest                                       424           697            132
                                                  ---------      --------       --------
Net Income                                            4,690         2,340            686
Preferred Stock Dividends                                44            72             60
                                                  ---------      --------       --------
Net Income Available To Common Stockholders       $   4,646      $  2,268       $    626
                                                  =========      ========       ========
Earnings Per Common Share - Basic                 $     .14      $    .18       $    .19
                                                  =========      ========       ========
Earnings Per Common Share - Diluted               $     .13      $    .15       $    .15
                                                  =========      ========       ========
Weighted Average Number Of Common
   Shares Outstanding - Basic                        32,318        12,632          3,329
                                                  =========      ========       ========
Weighted Average Number Of Common
   Shares Outstanding - Diluted                      34,800        15,245          4,641
                                                  =========      ========       ========

</TABLE>


See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.          


                                      F-6

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
                                           STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY For The Years Ended
                                               December 31, 1998, 1997 And 1996
                                                        (In thousands)


                                                                                                         Accumulated
                                                                                                         Other       Total
                                        Preferred Stock   Common Stock   Additional Retained             Compre-     Stock-
                                        ----------------  -------------  Paid-In    Earnings   Treasury  hensive     holders
                                        Number   Amount   Number Amount  Capital    (Deficit)  Stock     Income      Equity
                                        ------   ------   ------ ------  --------   ---------  --------  ------     ----------
<S>                                     <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>    <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>

Balance - December 31, 1995               --     $ --      2,268  $   2  $  3,358   $   (308)  $   --    $  --      $   3,052
   Net income                             --       --         --     --        --        686       --       --            686
   Issuance of common shares              --       --        483      1       132         --       --       --            133
   Issuance of common shares for 
      acquisitions                        --       --      2,788      3     3,604         --       --       --          3,607
   Warrants redeemed for common shares    --       --        260     --       650         --       --       --            650
   Payments received on note receivable   --       --         --     --        72         --       --       --             72
   Settlement of note receivable          --       --         --     --       112         --       --       --            112
   Preferred stock dividends paid         --       --         --     --        --        (60)      --       --            (60)
                                        ----     ----     ------   ----  --------   --------   -------   -----       --------
Balance - December 31, 1996               --       --      5,799      6     7,928        318       --       --          8,252
                                        ----     ----     ------   ----  --------   --------   -------   -----       --------

   Net income                             --       --         --     --        --      2,340       --       --          2,340
   Comprehensive income - foreign 
     currency translation                 --       --         --     --        --         --       --       (2)            (2)
                                        ----     ----     ------   ----  --------   --------   -------   -----       --------
         Total comprehensive income       --       --         --     --        --      2,340       --       (2)         2,338
   Issuance of common shares              --       --      1,572      2     5,534         --       --       --          5,536
   Issuance of common shares to redeem    --       --
        preferred stock                   --       --      1,354      1     2,499         --       --       --          2,500
   Issuance of common shares for 
        acquisitions                      --       --      9,624     10    10,263         --       --       --         10,273
   Warrants redeemed for common shares    --       --      2,323      2     7,456         --       --       --          7,458
   Preferred stock dividends paid         --       --         --     --        --        (72)      --       --            (72)
                                        ----     ----     ------   ----  --------   --------   -------   -----       --------
Balance - December 31, 1997               --       --     20,672     21    33,680      2,586       --       (2)        36,285
                                        ----     ----     ------   ----  --------   --------   -------   -----       --------
   Net income                             --       --         --     --        --      4,690       --       --          4,690
   Comprehensive income - foreign  
     currency translation                 --       --         --     --        --         --       --      114            114
                                        ----     ----     ------   ----  --------   --------   -------   -----       --------
         Total comprehensive income       --       --         --     --        --      4,690       --      114          4,804
   Issuance of common shares              --       --         50     --       100         --       --       --            100
   Issuance of common shares for 
      acquisitions                        --       --     12,511     12    18,770         --       --       --         18,782
   Issuance of preferred shares           --       --         --     --     6,020         --       --       --          6,020
   Conversion of preferred shares to 
        common shares                     --       --      1,600      2        (2)        --       --       --             --
   Warrants redeemed for common shares    --       --        850      1     1,949         --       --       --          1,950
   Preferred dividends paid               --       --         --     --        --        (44)      --       --            (44)
   Common shares repurchased              --       --       (106)    --        --         --     (337)      --           (337)
                                        ----     ----     ------   ----  --------   --------   -------   -----       --------

Balance - December 31, 1998               --     $ --     35,577   $ 36  $ 60,517   $  7,232   $ (337)   $ 112       $ 67,560
                                        ====     ====     ======   ====  ========   ========   =======   =====       ========

</TABLE>

See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.              


                                                                  F-7
<PAGE>




               APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      For The Years Ended December 31,
                                                                  ----------------------------------------
                                                                        1998            1997          1996
                                                                  ----------------------------------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>          <C>

Cash Flows From Operating Activities
   Net income                                                     $    4,690       $   2,340    $      686
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      used in operating activities:
         Depreciation and amortization                                 4,501           1,874           712
         Minority interest                                               424             697           132
         (Gain) loss on sale of assets                                  (873)         (1,679)            2
         Net change in operating assets and liabilities              (11,525)         (6,549)       (2,974)
                                                                  -----------      ----------   ----------
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities                                 (2,783)         (3,317)       (1,442)
                                                                  -----------      ----------   ----------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
   (Increase) decrease in notes receivable                            (2,338)            122           607
   Proceeds from sale of assets                                          507           2,296           564
   Payments for property and equipment and other assets               (5,068)         (2,243)         (318)
   (Payments for) proceeds from asset and business acquisitions
      (net of cash balances acquired)                                     57           3,983           (81)
                                                                  -----------      ----------   ----------
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Investing Activities                   (6,842)          4,158           772
                                                                  -----------      ----------   ----------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
   Net amounts borrowed (paid) on notes payable                       12,202          (2,847)          663
   Proceeds from long-term debt                                        1,011             335            21
   Payments for long-term debt                                        (6,936)           (494)         (214)
   Issuance of common shares                                           1,354           9,084           945
   Repurchase of common stock                                           (337)             --            --
   Redemption of preferred shares                                       (900)             --            --
   Preferred stock dividends paid                                        (44)            (72)          (60)
                                                                  -----------      ----------   ----------
Net Cash Provided By Financing Activities                              6,350           6,006         1,355
                                                                  -----------      ----------   ----------
Net Increase (Decrease) In Cash                                       (3,275)          6,847           685

Effect Of Exchange Rate Changes On Cash                                  173              --            --

Cash And Cash Equivalents - Beginning Of Year                          7,657             810           125
                                                                  -----------      ----------   ----------
Cash And Cash Equivalents - End Of Year                           $    4,555       $   7,657    $      810
                                                                  ==========       =========    ==========

Supplemental Disclosure Of Cash Flow Information
   Income taxes paid                                              $    2,430       $     964    $        3
   Interest paid                                                       1,534           1,012           162


</TABLE>



See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.             


                                      F-8
<PAGE>




               APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1998 And 1997

1.       Organization And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies


         Organization


         Applied Cellular  Technology,  Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) is a
         full  service  communications  company  that  provides  a wide range of
         products and services to the wireless,  telecommunications  and digital
         data   industry.   The  Company's   goal  is  to  be  a  single  source
         communications  provider to which  businesses  can turn for  integrated
         communications  systems  and  it  intends  to  take  advantage  of  the
         communications  industry  move from analog to digital and from wireline
         to wireless  systems.  The Company's  services include the construction
         and installation of communications infrastructure,  the installation of
         local  and  wide  area  networks  and the  development  of  specialized
         software  for  business   applications.   The  Company  also   provides
         traditional  telecommunications  services  such as long  distance  toll
         service,  one-number  dialing and call centers.  The Company  currently
         operates in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom.

         Principles of Consolidation

         The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of Applied
         Cellular  Technology,  Inc.  and its wholly  owned and  majority  owned
         subsidiaries.  All significant  intercompany  accounts and transactions
         have been eliminated upon consolidation.

         As  further  discussed  in Note 2, the  Company  acquired  subsidiaries
         during  1998 and 1997 all of which  have been  accounted  for under the
         purchase method of accounting.

         Use of Estimates

         The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make
         certain  estimates and assumptions  that affect the amounts reported in
         the  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.   Although  these
         estimates are based on the knowledge of current  events and actions the
         Company may undertake in the future,  they may  ultimately  differ from
         actual results.

         Foreign Currencies

         The Company's  foreign  subsidiaries  use their local currency as their
         functional currency. Results of operations and cash flow are translated
         at average exchange rates during the period, and assets and liabilities
         are translated at end of period exchange rates. Translation adjustments
         resulting  from  this  process  are  included  in   accumulated   other
         comprehensive income in stockholders' equity.

         Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations
         on  transactions  denominated  in a currency  other than the functional
         currency, are included in the results of operations as incurred.

         Cash And Cash Equivalents

         The Company  considers all highly liquid  investments  purchased with a
         maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

         Unbilled Receivables


         Unbilled  receivables  consist  of certain  direct  costs  incurred  in
         connection with projects not yet billed.

         Inventories

         Inventories  consist of raw  materials,  work in process  and  finished
         goods.  Inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market,  determined
         by the first-in,  first-out  method.  The Company closely  monitors and
         analyzes  inventory for potential  obsolescence  and slow-moving  items
         based  upon  the  aging of the  inventory  and the  inventory  turns by
         product.  Inventory  items  designated as obsolete or  slow-moving  are
         reduced to net realizable value.


                                       F-9

<PAGE>





Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


         Property And Equipment


         Property  and   equipment  are  carried  at  cost,   less   accumulated
         depreciation  and  amortization   computed  using   straight-line   and
         accelerated   methods.   Building  and   leasehold   improvements   are
         depreciated  and amortized over periods ranging from 10 to 40 years and
         equipment is depreciated over periods ranging from 3 to 10 years.

         Goodwill And Other Intangible Assets

         Goodwill and other  intangible  assets are stated on the cost basis and
         are amortized, principally on a straight-line basis, over the estimated
         future periods to be benefitted (not exceeding 20 years).  Goodwill and
         other intangible assets are periodically  reviewed for impairment based
         on  expected  future  undiscounted  cash flows to ensure  that they are
         appropriately valued.

         Purchased Computer Software

         Purchased  computer  software  is   stated  at  cost  less  accumulated
         amortization.  Amortization  is   computed  over the greater of current
         revenues  divided  by the total of expected  revenues or  straight-line
         over  the number of years of expected revenue.  The straight-line  life
         is  determined to be no more than five years.

         Proprietary Software In Development

         In accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 86,
         Accounting for the Costs of Computer  Software to be Sold,  Leased,  or
         Otherwise  Marketed,  the  Company  has  capitalized  certain  computer
         software  development  costs upon the  establishment  of  technological
         feasibility.  Technological  feasibility is considered to have occurred
         upon  completion of a detailed  program design which has been confirmed
         by  documenting  and  tracing  the  detail  program  design to  product
         specifications and has been reviewed for high-risk  development issues,
         or to the  extent  a  detailed  program  design  is not  pursued,  upon
         completion of a working model that has been  confirmed by testing to be
         consistent with the product  design.  Amortization is provided based on
         the greater of the ratios that  current  gross  revenues  for a product
         bear to the total of current and anticipated  future gross revenues for
         that product,  or the  straight-line  method over the estimated  useful
         life of the product.  The straight-line life is determined to be 2 to 5
         years.

         Revenue Recognition

         For  programming,   consulting  and  software  licensing  services  and
         construction  contracts,  the Company  recognizes  revenue based on the
         percent  complete for fixed fee  contracts,  with the percent  complete
         being  calculated  as either  the number of direct  labor  hours in the
         project to date  divided by the  estimated  total direct labor hours or
         based upon the completion of specific task orders.  It is the Company's
         policy to record  contract  losses in their  entirety  in the period in
         which such losses are foreseeable.  For non fixed fee jobs,  revenue is
         recognized  based on the actual direct labor hours in the job times the
         standard  billing rate and adjusted to realizable  value, if necessary.
         For product sales, the Company recognizes revenue upon shipment.  There
         are no  significant  post contract  support  obligations at the time of
         revenue  recognition.  The Company's accounting policy regarding vendor
         and  post-contract  support  obligations  is based on the  terms of the
         customers'  contract,  billable  upon the  occurrence  of the post-sale
         support.  Revenue from royalties is recognized  when licensed  products
         are shipped. Costs of goods sold are recorded as the related revenue is
         recognized.

         The  Company  does not  experience  significant  product  returns,  and
         therefore,  management  is of the opinion that no  allowance  for sales
         returns is necessary.  The Company has no obligation  for warranties on
         hardware sales,  because the warranty is provided by the  manufacturer.
         The Company does not offer a warranty policy for services to customers.

                                       F-10
<PAGE>



Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


         Advertising Costs


         The Company generally expenses production costs of print advertisements
         as of  the  first  date  the  advertisements  take  place.  Advertising
         expense,  included in selling, general and administrative expenses, was
         $0.7 million in 1998, $0.9 million in 1997, $0.5 million in 1996.

         Income Taxes


         The Company  accounts for income taxes in accordance  with Statement of
         Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 109,  Accounting for Income Taxes,
         which  requires  the asset and  liability  approach  for the  financial
         accounting  and reporting  for income taxes.  Income taxes include U.S.
         and international  taxes. The Company and its U.S.  subsidiaries file a
         consolidated  federal  income tax return.  Income taxes are paid by the
         parent   company  and  are   allocated  to  each   subsidiary   through
         intercompany charges.

         Earnings Per Common And Common Share Equivalent


         The Company  has  adopted the  provisions  of  Statement  of  Financial
         Accounting Standards No. 128 (SFAS 128), Earnings Per Share,  effective
         December 31, 1997.  SFAS 128  requires  the  presentation  of basic and
         diluted  earnings  per share  (EPS).  Basic EPS is computed by dividing
         income available to common  stockholders by the weighted average number
         of common shares  outstanding  for the period.  Diluted EPS is computed
         giving  effect  to all  dilutive  potential  common  shares  that  were
         outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential common shares consist
         of  incremental  shares  issuable  upon  exercise of stock  options and
         warrants,  conversion of preferred stock  outstanding and  contingently
         issuable shares.  All prior period earnings per share amounts have been
         restated to comply with SFAS 128.

         New Accounting Standards


         In  1998,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
         Standards  (FAS) 131,  Disclosures  about Segments of an Enterprise and
         Related Information. FAS 131 supersedes FAS 14, Financial Reporting for
         Segments of a Business  Enterprise,  replacing the  "industry  segment"
         approach  with  the  "management"  approach.  The  management  approach
         designates  the internal  organization  that is used by management  for
         making operating  decisions and assessing  performance as the source of
         the Company's  reportable  segments.  FAS 131 also requires disclosures
         about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers. The
         adoption of FAS 131 did not affect  results of  operations or financial
         position but did affect the disclosure of segment information (see Note
         20).

         In  1998,  the  Company  adopted  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
         Standards (FAS) 130, Reporting  Comprehensive Income, which establishes
         standards for reporting and disclosure of comprehensive  income and its
         components.  The  Company's  comprehensive  income  consists of foreign
         currency  translation  adjustments and is reported in the  consolidated
         statements of stockholders' equity.



                                      F-11
                                       
<PAGE>


APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)



2.       Acquisitions


 The  following  represents  acquisitions  which  occurred  in 1998 and 1997 (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               Common/
                                          Date Of    Percent   Acquisition    Preferred
                                       Acquisition   Acquired    Price        Shares Issued Business Description
<S>                                    <C>           <C>       <C>            <C>    <C>  

1998 Acquisitions
Information Products Center, Inc.      01/01/98       100%     $   1,297      1,104  Network Infrastructure services provider
Winward Electric                       01/01/98       100%         3,606      1,773  Full service electrical and communications
                                                                                     systems contractor
Americom Group                         04/01/98        80%           404        227  Provider of communications infrastructure 
                                                                                     construction, maintenance, installation and 
                                                                                     training services
Aurora Electric, Inc.                  04/01/98       100%         1,897      1,098  Full service electrical and communications 
                                                                                     system contractor
Blue Star Electronics                  04/01/98        80%           431        203  Cable assembly manufacturer
Consolidated Micro Components          04/01/98       100%           698        392  Reseller of memory, processors and mass storage
                                                                                     devices
Data Path Technologies                 04/01/98       100%           671        385  Seller of computer systems, peripherals, 
                                                                                     components and software
GDB Software Services                  04/01/98       100%           681        385  Provider of data processing consulting services
Ground Effects, Ltd.                   04/01/98        85%         2,046      1,106  Manufacturer of aluminum and steel tubes
Innovative Vacuum Solutions, Inc.      04/01/98        80%           455        276  Re-manufacturer of high-end vacuum pumps
Service Transport Company              04/01/98        80%            89         35  Transporter of computer systems and electronics
Teledata Concepts, Inc.                04/01/98       100%           308        138  Internet and telecommunications services 
                                                                                     provider
TigerTel Services, Ltd.                05/01/98       100%         6,384      3,418  Call centers, voice messaging and one number 
                                                                                     dialing services provider
Signature Industries, Ltd.             06/01/98        85%         4,963      3,571  Manufacturer of high-grade communications and 
                                                                                     safety devices
1997 Acquisitions
Hopper Manufacturing Co., Inc.         01/01/97       100%           287        179  Re-manufacturer and distributor of automotive
                                                                                     parts
Norcom Resources, Inc.                 01/01/97        80%           538        359  Sales, service and support of mainframe 
                                                                                     computers
Pizarro ReMarketing, Inc.              01/01/97        80%           356        234  Re-marketing services for the computer disc and
                                                                                     tape industry
MVAK Technologies, Inc.                02/01/97       100%           786        389  Re-manufacturer of vacuum pumps
Advanced Telecommunications, Inc.      05/01/97        80%         3,195      2,824  Telecommunications solutions provider
Signal Processors, Ltd.                05/01/97        80%         1,368      1,391  Manufacturer of satellite communication 
                                                                                     technology
Cybertech Station, Inc.                07/01/97        80%           289        222  Provider of computer memory products
DLS Service Corp.                      07/01/97       100%            73         58  Value added reseller of computer software
Intermatica, Inc.                      07/01/97       100%           753        711  Software sales company
PPL, Ltd.                              07/01/97        80%           719        504  Leasing and rental services
STC Netcom, Inc.                       07/01/97        80%         1,415      1,600  Communications construction contractor
Alacrity Systems, Inc.                 10/01/97       100%         1,348        935  Software developer and marketer
C.T. Specialists, Inc.                 10/01/97       100%         1,027        758  Distributor of control systems
Canadian Network Services, Ltd.        10/01/97       100%         1,639      1,404  Provider of extended area calling services

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                                                       F-12
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 All of the above acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method
 of accounting and, accordingly,  the consolidated  financial statements reflect
 the results of  operations  of each company from the date of  acquisition.  The
 costs  of  acquisitions  include  all  payments  according  to the  acquisition
 agreements  plus costs for  investment  banking  services,  legal  services and
 accounting services, that were direct costs of acquiring these assets. Goodwill
 resulting from these acquisitions is being amortized on a straight-line  basis,
 over twenty  years.  Certain  acquisition  agreements  include the  issuance of
 additional  shares  contingent  on profits  of the  acquired  subsidiary.  Upon
 issuance of these shares,  the value will be recorded as  additional  goodwill.
 The  acquisitions  above include  contingent  shares issued upon  attainment of
 certain  profits by  subsidiaries  through  December 31, 1998.  See Note 22 for
 unaudited pro forma  information  for the above  acquisitions  that occurred in
 1998 and 1997.





                                      F-13
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3.       Restructuring

         Towards  the end of the  third  quarter  of 1997,  the  Company  made a
         decision  to exit its  retail  cellular  operations.  During the fourth
         quarter of 1997,  the Company  completed its exit strategy and incurred
         costs  related  to the  restructuring  of these  operations,  including
         provisions  for  terminations  of leases and employees and writedown of
         the carrying values of inventory and other assets. Costs totalling $1.7
         million were included in selling,  general and administrative  expenses
         in 1997 and no material costs are to be incurred in future periods.
         All amounts were paid in 1997.


4.       Inventories (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             1998            1997
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>
Raw materials                                             $   4,437       $   1,962
Work in process                                               2,349           1,085
Finished goods                                               15,246           8,721
                                                           --------        --------
                                                             22,032          11,768
Less:  Allowance for excess and obsolescence                  1,375             896
                                                           --------        --------
                                                          $  20,657       $  10,872
                                                          =========       =========
</TABLE>

5.       Notes Receivable (In thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             1998           1997
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>


Due from purchaser of cellular assets, personally         
guaranteed by company owners, bears interest at 6.5%,     
$350 due 1/1/99, remaining payable in monthly
installments of $25 including interest starting July
1999                                                      $   1,300       $      --


Due from purchaser of interconnect service business,        
unsecured, payable in two payments due through December
1999                                                          1,350           1,350


Due from officers of subsidiaries, unsecured, bear         
interest at varying interest rates, due on demand             1,594             328


Due from customer, unsecured, bears interest at the                           
prime rate, due on demand                                       226              62


</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

<TABLE>

<S>                                                      <C>             <C> 


Due from other, secured by maker's assets, bears            
interest at 8.7% and provides for monthly payments of
principal and interest equal to 10% of the maker's net       
cash revenue for each preceding month, balance due
October 2001                                                   575             575
                                          
                                                         ---------       ---------  
                                                             5,045           2,315
Less:  Current portion                                       3,600           1,040
                                                         ---------       ---------
                                                         $   1,445       $   1,275
                                                         =========       =========
</TABLE>

6.       Property And Equipment (In thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            1998           1997
<S>                                                      <C>             <C>  

Land                                                     $     755       $     759
Building and leasehold improvements                          4,097             875
Equipment                                                   18,021           8,691
                                                         ---------       ---------
                                                            22,873          10,325
Less:  Accumulated depreciation and amortization             7,246           4,986
                                                         ---------       ---------
                                                         $  15,627       $   5,339
                                                         =========       =========
</TABLE>


         Included above are vehicles and equipment  acquired under capital lease
         obligations  in the amount of $1,577 and $908 at December  31, 1998 and
         1997,  respectively.  Related accumulated depreciation amounted to $602
         and $428 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

         Depreciation and   amortization  charged  against  income  amounted  to
         $2,260,  $846  and $207 for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
         1996, respectively.


7.       Goodwill (In thousands)


         Goodwill consists of the excess of cost over fair value of tangible and
         identifiable  intangible  assets of  companies  purchased.  The Company
         applies the principles of Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 16,
         Business  Combinations,  and uses the purchase method of accounting for
         acquisitions of wholly owned and majority owned subsidiaries.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         1998          1997
<S>                                                     <C>           <C> 


Original balance                                        $  35,920     $  13,790
Accumulated amortization                                   (2,490)       (1,003)
                                                        ----------    ----------
Carrying value                                          $  33,430     $  12,787
                                                        =========     =========

</TABLE>

                                   F-15
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


         Amortization    expense amounted to $1,487,  $670 and $295 for the year
         ended  December 31,  1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

         The Company has entered  into  various  earnout  arrangements  with the
         selling   shareholders   of  certain   acquired   subsidiaries.   These
         arrangements provide for additional  consideration to be paid in future
         years if certain  earnings  levels are met.  These amounts are added to
         goodwill as earned.

8.       Other Assets (In thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   1998            1997
<S>                                                               <C>             <C> 


Proprietary software                                              $ 5,586         $ 2,722
Purchased computer software                                           393             387
Other assets                                                          417             272
                                                                  -------         -------
                                                                    6,396           3,381
Less:  Accumulated amortization                                     1,730             976
                                                                  -------         -------
                                                                    4,666           2,405
Investment in preferred stock                                       3,000              --
Other                                                                 704             601
                                                                  -------         -------
                                                                  $ 8,370         $ 3,006
                                                                  =======         =======

</TABLE>

         Amortization of other assets charged against  income  amounted to $754,
         $358 and $210 for the  years ended  December 31, 1998,  1997  and 1996,
         respectively.


9.       Notes Payable (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    1998           1997
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>

         Notes payable - banks, collateralized by business 
         assets and by personal guarantees of                     
         officers/stockholders of certain subsidiaries.
         Interest is payable monthly at rates varying from
         prime plus 1/2% to prime plus 2-1/4% in 1998.  The
         credit lines are due through December 1999.              $ 5,974         $ 4,505

         Revolving credit line - bank, collateralized by all    
         domestic assets of the Company, bearing interest at
         the prime lending rate or the London Interbank Offered
         Rate, as elected by the Company, expiring in July 1999    17,193            --


</TABLE>

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         <S>                                                   <C>         <C>

         Notes payable - other, unsecured, due on demand             50        278
                                                               --------    -------
                                                               $ 23,217    $ 4,783
                                                               ========    =======
</TABLE>

         During the third  quarter of 1998,  the Company  entered  into a twenty
         million  dollar  line  of  credit  with a bank,  collateralized  by all
         domestic assets of the Company (the "Credit  Agreement"),  at the prime
         lending rate or at the London Interbank Offered Rate, as elected by the
         Company.  The Credit  Agreement  expires on July 31, 1999 and  contains
         standard debt covenants  relating to financial position and performance
         as well as restrictions on the  declarations  and payment of dividends.
         As of December 31, 1998,  the  outstanding  balance was $17,193 and the
         availability was $2,807.

         On February 4, 1999, the bank increased the amount  available under the
         revolving line of credit to twenty-three million dollars.

         The weighted  average interest   rate was  8.8%  and 9.8% for the years
         ended  December 31,  1998 and 1997, respectively.

10.      Long-Term Debt (In thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 1998        1997
         <S>                                                   <C>         <C> 

         Notes payable - banks, collateralized by            
         subsidiaries' business assets, payable in 
         monthly installments totalling $28 plus interest
         at rates of prime plus 1.5% and prime plus 2.5%
         in 1997, originally due through May 2001, paid 
         off in 1998                                           $     --    $ 1,105

         Notes payable - bank, collateralized by land,           
         building and aassets, payable in monthly                 
         installments of principal and interest totalling
         $25, bearing interest at rates between 8.15% and
         prime plus 1.5%, due through October 2002                  805         --

         Note payable - bank, collateralized by subsidiary's   
         business assets, payable in monthly principal 
         payments of $62 plus interest at the prime rate 
         plus 1/2%, due in November 2002                          1,402         --

         Mortgage notes payable - bank, collateralized by      
         buildings, payable in monthly installments of 
         principal and interest  totalling $8,  bearing
         interest at rates ranging from 4.2% to 10.75%
         in 1998 and $5,  bearing  interest at 9.5% in 1997, 
         due through April 2028                                     802        529


         Notes payable - finance companies and banks,           
         collateralized by vehicles, payable in monthly
         principal installments of $6, bearing interest at 
         rates ranging from 0.9% to 10.9% in 1998 and $6, 
         bearing interest at rates ranging from 9.75% to 10.9%
         in 1997, due through June 2003                             132        114

         Notes payable - bank, collateralized by business      
         assets, payable in monthly installments of principal
         and interest totalling $23,  bearing interest at 
         rates ranging from 5.61% to prime  plus 2%, due 
         through June 2003                                          118        869
</TABLE>

                                      F-17
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           <S>                                           <C>             <C> 

           Capital lease obligations                         737             425
                                                         -------         -------
                                                           3,996           3,042
           Less:  Current maturities                       1,158             843
                                                         -------         -------
                                                         $ 2,838         $ 2,199
                                                         =======         =======
</TABLE>


         The scheduled  maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 1998 are as
follows:


                Year                                            Amount

                1999                                           $ 1,158
                2000                                               907
                2001                                               689
                2002                                               546
                2003                                               177
                Thereafter                                         519
                                                               -------
                                                               $ 3,996
                                                               =======

         Interest  expense on the long and short-term  notes payable  (including
         notes  payable in Note 9)  amounted  to  $1,653,  $978 and $200 for the
         years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, 1996, respectively.

11.      Fair Value Of Financial Instruments


         The following  methods and  assumptions  were used to estimate the fair
         value of each class of financial instruments:

         Cash And Cash Equivalents

         The  carrying  amount  approximates  fair  value  because  of the short
         maturity of those instruments.

         Notes Receivable

         The carrying value of the notes  approximate  fair value because either
         the interest rates of the notes  approximate  the current rate that the
         Company could  receive on a similar note, or because of the  short-term
         nature of the notes.

         Notes Payable

         The carrying amount  approximates  fair value because of the short-term
         nature of the notes.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

         Long-term Debt


         The carrying amount  approximates  fair value because either the stated
         interest  rates  fluctuate  with  current  market rates or the interest
         rates  approximate  the current rates at which the Company could borrow
         funds on a similar note.

         Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

         The carrying amount approximates fair value.

12.      Income Taxes (In thousands)

         The provision for income taxes consists of:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        1998     1997     1996
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>       <C> 
         Current:

           United States at statutory rates           $1,747    $1,570    $ 477
           International                                 930       533       --
           Current taxes covered by net operating
                loss                                      --       (88)     (32)
                                                      -------   -------   ------
           Current income tax provision                2,677     2,015      445
                                                      -------   -------   ------
         Deferred:
           United States                                  94      (246)     (83)
           International                                (183)      --        --
                                                      -------   -------   ------
           Deferred income taxes provision (credit)      (89)     (246)     (83)
                                                      -------   -------   ------
                                                      $2,588    $1,769    $ 362
                                                      =======   =======   =====
</TABLE>

         The tax effects of temporary  differences and  carryforwards  that give
         rise to  significant  portions of deferred  tax assets and  liabilities
         consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           1998            1997
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>

             Deferred Tax Assets:
                Liabilities and reserves               $    557        $    269
                Net operating loss carryforwards          3,892           3,749
                                                       --------        --------
                Gross deferred tax assets                 4,449           4,018
                Valuation allowance                      (2,994)         (3,514)
                                                       --------        --------
                                                          1,455             504
                                                       --------        --------
             Deferred Tax Liabilities:
                Accounts Receivable                         719              --
                Notes Receivable                            361              --
                Property and equipment                       10              45
                Intangible assets                           365              59
                                                       --------        --------
                                                          1,455             104
                                                       --------        --------
             Net Deferred Tax Asset                    $     --        $    400
                                                       ========        ========
</TABLE>


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


         The  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax asset  decreased  by $520
         in 1998 and  increased by $3,514 in 1997.

         Approximate  domestic and  international  income  before  provision for
         income taxes consists of :

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          1998        1997          1996
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C> 


Domestic                                $ 5,082      $ 3,132      $ 1,180
International                             2,620        1,674           --
                                        -------      -------      -------
                                        $ 7,702      $ 4,806      $ 1,180
                                        =======      =======      =======
</TABLE>

         At December 31, 1998,  the company had  aggregate  net  operating  loss
         carryforwards  of  approximately  $10,200 for income tax purposes which
         expire  in  various  amounts  through  2012.  The  net  operating  loss
         carryforwards  were acquired in  connection  with various 1997 and 1998
         acquisitions  and are limited as to use in any particular year based on
         Internal  Revenue  Code  sections  related to separate  return year and
         change of ownership  restrictions.  Utilization  of the  Company's  net
         operating   loss   carryforwards   are   estimated  to  be  limited  to
         approximately  $941 per year.  When  realized,  the tax  benefit of the
         acquired net operating loss  carryforwards will be recorded a reduction
         of goodwill or other long-term assets.

         The reconciliation of the effective tax rate with the statutory federal
         income tax rate is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                  1998        1997        1996
<S>                                               <C>         <C>         <C> 
                                                   %           %           %
                                                  ----        ----        ----
Statutory rate                                     34          34          34
State income taxes, net of federal benefits         5           7           4
International tax rates different from the
   the statutory US federal rate                   --          (3)         --
Realization of deferred tax asset valuation
   allowance                                       (6)         (5)         (3)
Other                                               1           4          (4)
                                                  ----        ----        ----
                                                   34          37          31
                                                  ====        ====        ====

</TABLE>


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


13. Earnings Per Share (In thousands, except per share data)

         In  accordance  with  the  disclosure   requirements  of  SFAS  128,  a
         reconciliation  of the numerator and  denominator  of basic and diluted
         EPS is provided as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              1998          1997            1996
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>             <C>  

           Numerator:
              Net income                                    $ 4,690       $ 2,340         $   686
              Preferred stock dividends                         (44)          (72)            (60)
                                                            --------      --------        --------
           Numerator for basic earnings per share -
              net income available to common
              stockholders                                    4,646         2,268             626

           Effect of dilutive securities:
              Preferred stock dividends                          44            72              60
                                                            --------      --------        --------
           Numerator For Diluted Earnings
              Per Share - Income Available To
              Common Stockholders                           $ 4,690       $ 2,340         $   686
                                                            ========      ========        ========
           Denominator:
              Denominator for basic earnings per
                 share - weighted-average shares             32,318        12,632           3,329
                                                            --------      --------        --------
              Effect of dilutive securities:
                 Redeemable preferred stock                      85           998             580
                 Warrants                                       477           779             628
                 Employee stock options                         266           451             104
                 Contingent stock - acquisitions              1,654           385              --
                                                            --------      --------        --------
              Dilutive potential common shares                2,482         2,613           1,312
                                                            --------      --------        --------
           Denominator For Diluted Earnings
              Per Share - Adjusted Weighted-
              Average Shares And Assumed
              Conversions                                    34,800        15,245           4,641
                                                            ========      ========        ========
           Basic Earnings Per Share                         $   .14       $   .18         $   .19

           Diluted Earnings Per Share                       $   .13       $   .15         $   .15
</TABLE>

14.      Commitments And Contingencies

         Rentals of space, vehicles, and office equipment under operating leases
         amounted to approximately  $3.9 million,  $2.7 million and $0.8 million
         for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

         The Company has entered into employment contracts with key officers and
         employees of the Company and certain  subsidiaries.  The agreements are
         for  periods  of  one to ten  years  through  June  2009.  Some  of the
         employment contracts also call for bonus arrangements based on earnings
         of the particular subsidiary.

         The approximate  minimum  payments  required under operating leases and
         employment  contracts that have initial or remaining terms in excess of
         one year at December 31, 1998 are (in thousands):

                                      F-21
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                            Minimum                  Employment
               Year                         Rental Payments          Contracts
               <S>                          <C>                       <C>   
               1999                         $   3,753                 $   7,400
               2000                             3,251                     6,700
               2001                             2,740                     5,000
               2002                             2,195                     4,000
               2003                             1,316                     1,600
               Thereafter                       2,775                       800
                                             --------                  --------
                                             $ 16,030                  $ 25,500
                                             ========                  ========
</TABLE>

         The Company has entered into put options with the selling  shareholders
         of various  companies  in which the Company  acquired  less than a 100%
         interest.  These  options  provide  for  the  Company  to  acquire  the
         remaining  portion it does not own after  periods  ranging  from 4 to 5
         years  from the dates of  acquisition  at  amounts  generally  equal to
         10%-20% of the average  annual  earnings of the company  before  income
         taxes for the  two-year  period  ending the  effective  date of the put
         multiplied by a multiple ranging from 4 to 5.

         The employment  agreements  for three  officers of the Company  include
         certain "change of control"  provisions.  At the employee's  option, he
         may terminate his employment under the agreement at any time within one
         year  after  such  change  of  control.  The  Company  shall pay to the
         employee a severance  payment  based on formulas  relating to parachute
         payment provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and prior compensation.

         Additionally,  the  agreements  for two  officers  provide  for certain
         "triggering  events"  which  include a change in control of the Company
         and the  termination  of  employment  other  than for  cause.  Upon the
         occurrence of a triggering  event, the Company shall pay, in cash or in
         stock,  or in a  combination  thereof,  $12.1 million and $3.5 million,
         respectively, to these two officers.

15.      Profit Sharing Plan

         The  Company  has a Section  401(k)  Plan for the  benefit of  eligible
         United States  employees.  The Company has made no contributions to the
         Section 401(k) Plan.

         The  Company's  International   subsidiaries  operate  certain  defined
         contribution  pension  schemes.  The Company's  expense relating to the
         schemes approximated $0.3 million in 1998.

16.      Redeemable Preferred Shares

         In  March  1996,  the  Company  issued  nine  thousand  8%  convertible
         preferred  shares at $100 per  share,  in  exchange  for 80% of Burling
         Instruments,  Inc. If, and to the extent,  the preferred shares had not
         been converted to common stock by the second anniversary of the initial
         issuance  of the  shares,  the  Company  was  required  to  redeem  the
         preferred shares by paying $100 per share. Each holder of the preferred
         shares had the ability to convert  their  preferred  shares into common
         shares by  dividing  the  redemption  price  ($100) by $5.75 per common
         share. The shares were redeemed in 1998.


                                      F-22

<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

         In October 1996, the Company issued one hundred  thousand 8% redeemable
         preferred  shares at $100 per share as  partial  consideration  for the
         100% purchase of ATI Communications.  For purposes of redemption of the
         preferred shares, each share of ACT Communications, Inc.'s common stock
         was valued at $10,000.  During 1997, the one hundred thousand shares of
         preferred  stock were redeemed for 1.4 million of the Company's  common
         shares.


17.      Stockholders' Equity

         Preferred Shares

         The Company has authorized 5 million shares of preferred stock,  $10.00
         par value, to be issued from time to time on such terms as is specified
         by the Board of Directors.

         In May 1998, in connection  with the Company's  acquisition of Commstar
         Limited,  an Ontario corporation  ("Commstar"),  the Board of Directors
         authorized the issuance of one share of the Company's  Preferred  Stock
         ($10.00 par value) designated as the Company's Special Voting Preferred
         Stock (the "Special Preferred  Share").  The Special Preferred Share is
         entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of outstanding shares
         of Commstar  not owned by the  Company  that can be  exchanged  for the
         Company's common shares.  The holder of the Special  Preferred Share is
         not  entitled  to  receive  any   dividends  or   participate   in  any
         distribution of assets to the stockholders of the Company.  When all of
         Commstar's  exchangeable  shares have been  exchanged  or redeemed  for
         shares of the Company's Common Stock, the Special  Preferred Share will
         be  cancelled.  The  Company  has the  right  to call  the  outstanding
         exchangeable  shares with the  occurrence of various  events  including
         liquidation  of Commstar and at the five-year  anniversary  date of the
         acquisition.  The Company initially  reserved 3.4 million shares of its
         Common  Stock  to be  exchanged  for  exchangeable  shares  held by the
         Commstar selling shareholders, 1.4 million of which have been exchanged
         into shares of Common  Stock and 2.0  million are  reserved at December
         31,  1998.  On July 30, 1998,  Commstar  acquired  certain  assets from
         Western Inbound Network, Inc., an Ontario corporation, in consideration
         for 0.4 million exchangeable shares.

         In June 1998, in connection  with the Company's  acquisition  of Ground
         Effects Limited, an Ontario corporation  ("Ground Effects"),  the Board
         of  Directors  authorized  the  issuance of one share of the  Company's
         Preferred Stock ($10.00 par value)  designated as the Company's Class B
         Voting  Preferred Stock (the "Class B Special  Preferred  Share").  The
         Class B Special  Preferred Share is entitled to a number of votes equal
         to the number of outstanding  shares of Ground Effects not owned by the
         Company that can be exchanged  for the  Company's  common  shares.  The
         holder  of the  Class B  Special  Preferred  Share is not  entitled  to
         receive any dividends or participate in any  distribution  of assets to
         the stockholders of the Company. When all exchangeable shares of Ground
         Effects have been  exchanged  or redeemed  for shares of the  Company's
         Common  Stock,  the  Special  Preferred  Share will be  cancelled.  The
         Company has the right to call the outstanding  exchangeable shares with
         the  occurrence  of  various  events  including  liquidation  of Ground
         Effects and at the five-year  anniversary date of the acquisition.  The
         Company  has  reserved  1.1  million  shares of its Common  Stock to be
         exchanged  for  exchangeable  shares  held by  Ground  Effects  selling
         shareholders,  0.2 million of which have been  exchanged into shares of
         common stock and 0.9 million are reserved as of December 31, 1998.

         Since the Preferred  Shares provide votes for the equivalent  number of
         common  shares  that may be  exchanged  and the  common  shares  may be
         exchanged at any time at the holders' option, for purposes of computing


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

         basic and diluted  earnings per share (Note 13),  the  reserved  common
         shares  are  considered  to be  outstanding  for all  periods  that the
         Preferred Shares are issued.

         Warrants

         The Company has issued warrants convertible into shares of common stock
         for consideration, as follows (in thousands, except exercise price):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Class Of                                                  Exercise                        Exercisable
Warrants       Authorized    Issued       Exercised       Price       Date Of Issue       Period
<S>             <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>                 <C>


Class F            300          300           260         $ 2.50         December 1994     5 years
Class H            450          450           350           2.00           August 1995     5 years
Class K            250          250            --           5.31        September 1996     5 years
Class L             51           51            50           5.35          October 1996     5 years
Class L             74           74            --           3.00          October 1996     5 years
Class N            800          800           600           3.00           August 1997     5 years
Class P            520          520            --           3.00        September 1997     5 years
Class Q            250          250           250           8.38        September 1997     5 years
Class R            125          125            --           8.38          October 1997     5 years
Class S            600          600            --           2.00            April 1998     5 years
Class U            250          250            --           8.38         November 1998     5 years
                 -----        -----         -----
                 3,670        3,670         1,510
                 =====        =====         =====
</TABLE>

Stock Option Plan


         During 1996, the Company adopted a non-qualified stock option plan (the
         Option Plan) and applies APB Opinion No. 25 and related Interpretations
         in accounting for the Option Plan.  Under the Option Plan,  options are
         granted at an exercise  price equal to fair value on the date of grant.
         Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized. Had compensation
         cost for the Option Plan been determined based on the fair value at the
         grant  dates for awards  under the  Option  Plan,  consistent  with the
         alternative method set forth under SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
         Compensation,   the   Company's   net  income   applicable   to  common
         stockholders and earnings per common and common  equivalent share would
         have  been  reduced.  The pro forma  amounts  are  indicated  below (in
         thousands, except per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     1998                1997
<S>                                                <C>                 <C>   


Net Income Available To Common
  Stockholders
   As reported                                     $ 4,646             $ 2,268
   Pro forma                                       $ 2,408             $ 1,614

Earnings Per Common Share - Basic
   As reported                                      $  .14              $  .18
   Pro forma                                        $  .07              $  .13

Earnings Per Common Share - Diluted

   As reported                                      $  .13              $  .15

   Pro forma                                        $  .07              $  .11
</TABLE>


                                      F-24
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


         Under the Option Plan,  options for ten million and five million common
         shares were  authorized for issuance to certain  officers and employees
         of the Company at December 31, 1998 and 1997 respectively, of which 9.8
         million had been issued through  December 31, 1998. The options may not
         be  exercised  until one to three  years  after the  options  have been
         granted, and are exercisable for a period of five years.

         The fair value of each option granted is estimated on the date of grant
         using  the  Black-Scholes   option-pricing  model  with  the  following
         weighted-average assumptions used for grants in 1998 and 1997: dividend
         yield of 0% in both years;  expected  volatility  of 43.69% and 44.03%;
         risk-free interest rate of 8.5% for both years; and expected lives of 5
         years  for both  years.  The  weighted-average  fair  value of  options
         granted  was $1.27 for the year ended  December  31, 1998 and $1.58 for
         the year ended  December 31,  1997. A summary of stock option  activity
         for 1998 and 1997 is as  follows  (in  thousands,  except for per share
         data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1998                    1997
                                       ---------------------   -------------------
                                                   Weighted-             Weighted-
                                                     Average               Average
                                                    Exercise              Exercise
                                       Shares          Price   Shares        Price
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>       <C> 


Outstanding on January 1                3,835      $  4.39      2,180    $  4.40
Granted                                 5,367         2.80      2,487       4.62
Exercised                                  --                    (650)      4.25
Forfeited                                 (97)        4.79       (182)      4.23
                                        -----      -------      ------   -------
Outstanding on December 31              9,105         3.55      3,835       4.39
                                        -----      -------      ------   -------
Exercisable on December 31              2,885         4.48        705       4.44
                                        -----      -------      ------   -------
Shares available on December 31 for
   options that may be granted            450                   1,145
                                        -----                   ------ 

</TABLE>

The following table summarizes  information  about stock options at December 31,
1998 (in thousands, except for exercise price data and contractual life):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                  Outstanding Stock Options                Exercisable Stock Options
                       ------------------------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                            Weighted-
                                              Average        Weighted-                        Weighted-
                                            Remaining          Average                          Average
      Range Of                            Contractual         Exercise                         Exercise
  Exercise Prices             Shares             Life            Price          Shares            Price
<S>                           <C>           <C>               <C>               <C>            <C>         

   $2.00 to $3.00              2,825             6.22           $ 2.35              70           $ 2.71
   $3.01 to $4.00              3,446             5.49             3.53             930             3.93
   $4.01 to $5.00              1,929             4.70             4.38           1,185             4.38
   $5.01 to $6.00                855             5.03             5.53             700             5.57
   $6.01 to $7.00                 50             5.76             6.99              --               --
                              ------                            ------           -----           ------
   $2.00 to $7.00              9,105                            $ 3.55           2,885           $ 4.48
                              ======                            ======           =====           ======

</TABLE>

                                            F-25
                            
<PAGE>

18.      Legal Proceedings

         The Company is party to various  legal  proceedings.  In the opinion of
         management, these proceedings are not likely to have a material adverse
         affect on the  financial  position or overall  trends in results of the
         Company.  The estimate of potential  impact on the Company's  financial
         position,  overall  results of  operations  or cash flows for the above
         legal proceedings could change in the future.

19.      Supplemental Cash Flow Information

         The  changes in  operating  assets and  liabilities  are as follows (in
thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   For The Years Ended December 31,
                                             ----------------------------------------------

                                                       1998        1997        1996
<S>                                             <C>           <C>         <C>  

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
   and unbilled receivables                     $   (1,922)   $ (3,992)   $     65
Increase in inventories                             (4,148)       (657)       (826)
Increase in prepaid expenses                          (422)       (676)       (140)
Increase in deferred tax asset                         (89)       (121)        (83)
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable
   and accrued expenses                             (4,944)     (1,103)     (1,990)
                                                 ----------   ---------   ---------
                                                 $ (11,525)   $ (6,549)   $ (2,974)
                                                 ==========   =========   =========
</TABLE>

         In the years ended  December 31, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  the Company had
         the  following   noncash   investing  and  financing   activities   (in
         thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                1998          1997             1996
<S>                                             <C>           <C>             <C>  


Payment of debt in exchange for common stock    $     --       $     521      $     300

Assets acquired for long-term debt                 2,042             490             --

Assets acquired for common stock                  25,408          13,485         14,396

Capital leases                                       593             124            128

Sale of assets for preferred stock                 3,000              --             --

Other                                                132              --             37
</TABLE>

         On December  31,  1998,  the Company  entered  into a Purchase and Sale
         Agreement  for  the  sale  of  certain  of  its  cellular  assets.   In
         consideration,  the Company  received one  thousand  shares of 6% first
         series  preferred  stock of the purchaser of the cellular assets in the
         face amount and having a  liquidation  value of $1  million.  The first
         series preferred stock may be redeemed at any time through December 31,
         2004.  This sale  resulted in a gain of $647,000  included in operating
         income.

         On December 31, 1998, the Company entered into an Agreement for Sale of
         Stock  for the  sale of its  investment  in a  subsidiary  company.  In
         consideration, the Company received two thousand shares of 6% preferred
         stock of the purchaser of the  subsidiary in the face amount and having
         a  liquidation  value of $2 million,  due December 31, 2003.  This sale
         resulted in a gain of $86,000 included in operating income.

         In  1997,  one hundred  thousand  shares of the Company's 8% redeemable
         preferred   shares,  as  discussed  in Note 16, were  redeemed  for 1.4
         million  common shares.  This resulted in a net decrease in goodwill of
         $7.5  million.


                                      F-26
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

                                                                               
20.       Segment Information


          In 1998, the Company adopted SFAS No. 131. Prior year  information has
          been restated to present the Company's reportable segments.

          The Company is  organized  into seven  operating  segments.  The seven
          segments and their principal products and services are as follows:


           Operating Segment           Principal Products and Services


Telecommunications                    o   Telephone services and systems
                                      o   Computer telephony integration
                                      o   Interactive voice response
                                      o   Call centers
                                      o   Voice messaging

Network Infrastructure                o   Computer systems
                                      o   Local area networks
                                      o   Application servers

Internet                              o   Electronic commerce
                                      o   Intranet
                                      o   Extranet
                                      o   Wide area networks

Communications Infrastructure         o   Communications towers
                                      o   Fiber optics
                                      o   Cabling
                                      o   Power distribution
                                      o   Communications equipment

Application Technology                o   Global positioning systems
                                      o   Field automation
                                      o   Asset management
                                      o   Satellite systems
                                      o   Corporate enterprise access
                                      o   Decision support
                                      o   Voice/data technology

Inteletek                             o   Purchase/sale of new and used computer
                                          equipment
                                      o   Peripherals
                                      o   Components
                                      o   Business continuity services
                                      o   Consulting
                                      o   Systems integration

                                       
                                      F-27

<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


Non-Core                              o   Transportation
                                      o   Electrical components
                                      o   Control panels
                                      o   Design engineering
                                      o   Manufacturing engineering
                                      o   Automation systems
                                      o   Vacuum pumps



The  accounting  policies  of the  operating  segments  are the  same  as  those
described  in the  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies,  except  that
intersegment sales and transfers are generally  accounted for as if the sales or
transfers were to third parties at current market prices;  segment data includes
an allocated charge for the corporate headquarters costs; and segment income tax
expense is allocated to the segments by an application of the effective tax rate
to the  profit or loss of each  segment.  It is on this  basis  that  management
utilizes  the  financial  information  to assist in  making  internal  operating
decisions.  The  Company  evaluates  performance  based on stand  alone  segment
operating income.


                                       F-28
<PAGE>
APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)


     The   "Eliminations"   category   includes  all  amounts   recognized  upon
     consolidation  of the Company's  subsidiaries  such as the  elimination  of
     intersegment  revenues,  expenses,  assets  and  liabilities  and  goodwill
     amortization expense.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         1998 (In thousands)
                                                            Communi- 
                                        Network             cations              
                            Telecommun- Infra-              Infra-    Application                    Corporate  Elimina-  Consol-
                            ications    structure Internet  structure Technology Inteletek Non-Core  Overhead   tions     idated
<S>                         <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>

Net revenue from external
  customers                 $ 30,369    $ 21,282  $ 2,901   $ 43,729  $ 19,859   $ 60,877  $ 28,064  $    --    $     --  $207,081
                                                                                                            
Intersegment net revenue          --          --       --         --       --       1,949        --       --      (1,949)       -- 
                            --------    --------  -------   --------  --------   --------  --------  ---------  --------  --------
Total revenue                 30,369      21,282    2,901     43,729    19,859     62,826    28,064       --      (1,949)  207,081
                            ========    ========  =======   ========  ========   ========  ========  =========  ========  ========
Depreciation and 
  amortization                   653          39       24        458     1,241        251       477      137       1,221     4,501
Operating income                 852       1,563      272      3,789     1,424      4,509     1,122   (3,376)     (1,220)    8,935
Interest income                  128          14        1         71        47         45        12      686        (584)      420
Interest expense                 468         144       63        111       192        340       448      471        (584)    1,653
Income tax expense 
  (benefit)                     (935)        498       43      1,050      (359)       757       163      440         931     2,588
  
Segment assets                21,066       5,528      923     13,497    22,849     13,595    15,777  147,518    (116,637)  124,116
Expenditures for property        226          46        5        574        73        138       214      674          --     1,950

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1997 (In thousands)

                                                            Communi- 
                                        Network             cations              
                            Telecommun- Infra-              Infra-    Application                    Corporate  Elimina-  Consol-
                            ications    structure Internet  structure Technology Inteletek Non-Core  Overhead   tions     idated
<S>                         <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>

Net revenue from external
  customers                 $ 32,208    $     --  $    --   $  8,545  $  9,574   $ 39,445  $ 13,387  $    --    $     --  $103,159
Intersegment net revenue          --          --       --         --        --      2,127        --       --      (2,127)       --
                            --------    --------  -------   --------  --------   --------  --------  ---------  --------  --------
Total revenue                 32,208          --       --      8,545     9,574     41,572    13,387       --      (2,127)  103,159
                            ========    ========  =======   ========  ========   ========  ========  =========  ========  ========
Depreciation and 
  amortization                   300          --       --        104       459        108       173       17         713     1,874
Operating income               1,477          --       --        348     2,159      2,356       626     (665)       (709)    5,592
Interest income                   62          --       --          1        26          1         6      130         (34)      192
Interest expense                 491          --       --         44       103        152       212        9         (33)      978
Income tax expense 
  (benefit)                      251          --       --        125       312        883       161     (203)        240     1,769

Segment assets                12,559          --       --      4,490    77,886      8,736     8,177    3,523     (54,089)   61,282
Expenditures for property        118          --       --         62       141        364       216       15          --       916

</TABLE>

                                                                F-29
                                
<PAGE>
APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        1996 (In thousands)
                                                            Communi- 
                                        Network             cations              
                            Telecommun- Infra-              Infra-    Application                    Corporate  Elimina-   Consol-
                            ications    structure Internet  structure Technology Inteletek Non-Core  Overhead   tions      idated
<S>                         <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>

Net revenue from external   
  customers                 $ 10,537    $     --  $    --   $     --  $  3,394   $  1,993  $  3,839  $   120    $     --   $ 19,883
Intersegment net revenue          --          --       --         --        --         --        --       --          --         --
                            --------    --------  -------   --------  --------   --------  --------  ---------  --------   --------
Total revenue                 10,537          --       --         --     3,394      1,993     3,839      120          --     19,883
                            ========    ========  =======   ========  ========   ========  ========  =========  ========   ========
Depreciation and 
  amortization                    83          --       --         --       241          2        37        9         340        712
Operating income                 896          --       --         --       (68)       504       444      241        (763)     1,254
Interest income                   31          --       --         --        --          1         4       90          --        126
Interest expense                 137          --       --         --        23         10        23        7          --        200
Income tax expense
  (benefit)                      296          --       --         --      (181)       190       158      (37)        (64)       362
Segment assets                24,280          --       --         --    24,198      1,920     2,608    3,033     (22,831)    33,208
Expenditures for property         25          --       --         --        26          8        13       37          --        109

</TABLE>

Revenues are attributed to geographic  areas based on the location of the assets
producing the revenues.  Information concerning principal geographic areas as of
and for the years ended December 31, was as follows (in thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 United
                   United States    Canada       Kingdom       Consolidated
<S>                <C>              <C>          <C>           <C> 

1998
Net revenue        $ 172,369        $ 22,017     $ 12,695      $ 207,081
Total assets          91,458          18,137       14,521        124,116


1997
Net revenue        $  96,796        $  1,381     $  4,982      $ 103,159
Total assets          56,177           1,254        3,851         61,282


1996
Net revenue        $  19,883        $    --      $    --       $  19,883
Total assets          33,208             --           --          33,208

</TABLE>

                                      F-30
                             
<PAGE>

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes To Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

                                                                        
21.       Related Party Transactions



          In connection with the acquisitions which took place in 1998, 1997 and
          1996, the Company paid a related party, $0.6 million, $0.5 million and
          $0.5 million,  respectively,  for investment  banking services.  These
          payments were  included in the total cost of assets  purchased and are
          being amortized over the life of the related assets.

          In 1998, the Company sold its investment in a subsidiary  company to a
          related party for two thousand shares of preferred stock.


22.       Pro Forma Information (Unaudited)



          The following pro forma  consolidated  information  of the Company for
          the  years  ended  December  31,  1998 and 1997  gives  effect  to the
          acquisitions,  disclosed  in  Note 2, as if  they  were  effective  at
          January 1,  1997. The statement gives effect to the acquisitions under
          the purchase method of accounting.

          The pro forma  information  may not be  indicative of the results that
          would have actually occurred if the acquisitions had been effective on
          the dates  indicated  or of the  results  that may be  obtained in the
          future.  The pro forma information  should be read in conjunction with
          the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  notes  thereto  of  the
          Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                            Pro Forma
                                                          (In thousands)
                                                            December 31,
                                                    ----------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C> 

                                                          1998            1997

Net operating revenue                                $ 230,425       $ 231,151

Net income                                               2,803           2,873

Net income available to common stockholders              2,759           2,312

Earnings per common share - basic                          .08             .08

Earnings per common share - diluted                        .08             .07

</TABLE>

                                   F-31
<PAGE>



LIST OF EXHIBITS
(Item 14 (c))
    Exhibit
    Number                                  Description

         4.1    Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation  of the Company
                (incorporated   herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the
                Company's   Registration   Statement   on  Form  S-3  (File  No.
                333-37713) filed with the Commission on November 19, 1997)

         4.2    Amendment of Restated  Articles of  Incorporation of the Company
                (incorporated   herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to  the
                Company's   Registration   Statement   on  Form  S-3  (File  No.
                333-59523) filed with the Commission on July 21, 1998)

         4.3    Amended and Restated  Bylaws of the Company dated March 31, 1998
                (incorporated   herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.1  to  the
                Company's   Registration   Statement   on  Form  S-3  (File  No.
                333-51067) filed with the Commission on April 27, 1998)

        *10.1   1996   Non-Qualified    Stock  Option  Plan of Applied  Cellular
                Technology,  Inc., as amended  through June 13, 1998

         10.2   Credit Agreement between Applied Cellular  Technology,  Inc. and
                State Street Bank and Trust  Company dated as of August 25, 1998
                (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  to  the
                Company's   Quarterly   Report  on  Form  10-Q  filed  with  the
                Commission  on  November  16,  1998   (Commission   File  Number
                000-26020))

         10.3   First  Amendment to Credit  Agreement  between Applied  Cellular
                Technology, Inc.  and State  Street Bank and Trust Company dated
                as of February 4, 1999

        *10.4   Richard J. Sullivan Employment Agreement

        *10.5   Garrett A. Sullivan Employment Agreement

        *10.6   David A. Loppert Employment Agreement

        *10.7   Scott R. Silverman Employment Agreement

        *10.8   Andrew J. Hidalgo Employment Agreement

        *10.9   Gary A. Gray Employment Agreement

        *10.10  Jerome C. Artigliere Employment Agreement

        *10.11  Tabitha Zane Employment Agreement

        *10.12  Marc Sherman Employment Agreement

         16.1   Letter  from  Rubin,   Brown,   Gornstein  &  Co.,  LLP  ("RBG")
                concurring  with the statements  made by the Company in the Form
                8-K  report   concerning  RBG's  resignation  as  the  Company's
                principal  accountant   (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
                Exhibit  16 to the  Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K filed
                with the Commission on November 4, 1998  (Commission File Number
                000-26020))

         21.1   List of Subsidiaries of Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.

         27.1   Financial Data Schedule

      ------------------------

      *    Management contract or compensatory plan.


                            





                                                                    Exhibit 10.1


                        APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.



                      1996 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN
                       (As amended through June 13, 1998)



<PAGE>

                        APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                      1996 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN

                       (As amended through June 13, 1998)

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page

ARTICLE I - Name and Purpose.                                                1
         1.1. Name...........................................................1
         1.2. Purpose........................................................1

ARTICLE II - Definitions of Terms and Rules of Construction.                 1
         2.1. General Definitions............................................1
                  (a) Affiliate..............................................1
                  (b) Agreement..............................................1
                  (c) Board..................................................1
                  (d) Change of Control......................................2
                  (e) Company................................................2
                  (f) Committee..............................................2
                  (g) Common Stock...........................................2
                  (h) Director...............................................2
                  (i) Effective Date.........................................2
                  (j) Employee...............................................2
                  (k) Employer...............................................2
                  (l) Fair Market Value......................................2
                  (m) NQSO 2
                  (n) Option.................................................2
                  (o) Parent.................................................2
                  (p) Participant............................................3
                  (q) Plan 3
                  (r) Share..................................................3
                  (s) Subsidiary.............................................3
         2.2. Other Definitions..............................................3
         2.3. Conflicts in Plan..............................................3

ARTICLE III - Common Stock.                                                  3
         3.1. Number of Shares...............................................3
         3.2. Reusage........................................................3
         3.3. Adjustments....................................................4


ARTICLE IV - Eligibility.                                                    4
         4.1. Determined By Committee........................................4


                                       i
<PAGE>

ARTICLE V - Administration.                                                  4
         5.1. Committee......................................................4
         5.2. Authority......................................................5
         5.3. Adjudication of Claims.........................................5
         5.4. Options for Directors..........................................6


ARTICLE VI - Amendment, Termination, and Change of Control.                  6
         6.1. Power of Board.................................................6
         6.2. Limitation.....................................................6
         6.3. Term...........................................................6
         6.4. Termination....................................................6
         6.5. Effect of Amendment or Termination.............................6
         6.6. Committee's Right..............................................7
         6.7. Change of Control..............................................7


ARTICLE VII - Agreements                                                     8
         7.1. Grant Evidenced by Agreement...................................8
         7.2. Provisions of Agreement........................................8


ARTICLE VIII - Payment, Dividends, and Withholdings.                         8
         8.1. Payment........................................................8
         8.2. Dividend Equivalents...........................................9
         8.3. Withholding....................................................9


ARTICLE IX - Options.                                                        9
         9.1. Type of Options................................................9
         9.2. Terms of NQSOs.................................................9
         9.3. Determination by Committee....................................10


ARTICLE X - Miscellaneous Provisions.                                       10
         10.1. Underscored References.......................................10
         10.2. Number and Gender............................................10
         10.3. Governing Law................................................10
         10.4. Purchase for Investment......................................10
         10.5. No Employment Contract.......................................10
         10.6. No Effect on Other Benefits..................................11


                                       ii
<PAGE>
                        APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

                      1996 NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION PLAN

                       (As amended through June 13, 1998)



                                    ARTICLE I

                                NAME AND PURPOSE


1. Name and Purpose.

     1.1 Name.

     The  name of this  Plan is the  "Applied  Cellular  Technology,  Inc.  1996
Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan."

     1.2. Purpose

     The Company has  established  this Plan to attract,  retain,  motivate  and
reward  Employees  and  Directors  and to encourage  ownership of the  Company's
Common Stock by them.



                                   ARTICLE II

                 DEFINITIONS OF TERMS AND RULES OF CONSTRUCTION


2. Definitions of Terms and Rules of Construction.

     2.1. General Definitions.

     The following words and phrases,  when used in the Plan,  unless  otherwise
specifically  defined or unless the context clearly  otherwise  requires,  shall
have the following respective meanings:

          (a) Affiliate. A Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

          (b)  Agreement.  The document  which  evidences the grant of an Option
     under the Plan and which sets forth the terms,  conditions  and  provisions
     of, and restrictions relating to, such Option.

          (c) Board. The Board of Directors of the Company.


                                       1
<PAGE>


          (d) Change of Control.  The  acquisition,  without the approval of the
     Board, by any person or entity, other than the Company or a Related Entity,
     of more than 20% of the outstanding  shares of the Company's  voting common
     stock through a tender offer, exchange offer or otherwise;  the liquidation
     or dissolution of the Company  following a sale or other disposition of all
     or substantially all of its assets; a merger or consolidation involving the
     Company  which  results  in the  Company  not  being the  surviving  parent
     corporation;  or any time during any two-year  period in which  individuals
     who  constituted  the Board at the start of such period (or whose  election
     was  approved by at least  two-thirds  of the then members of the Board who
     were  members at the start of the  two-year  period) do not  constitute  at
     least 50% of the Board for any reason.  A Related  Entity is the Parent,  a
     Subsidiary or any employee  benefit plan  (including a trust forming a part
     of such a plan) maintained by the Parent, the Company or a Subsidiary.

          (e) Company. Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.

          (f) Committee. The Committee described in Section 5.1.

          (g) Common Stock. The Company's common stock which presently has a par
     value of $.001 per Share.

          (h)  Director.  A member  of the  Board or a  member  of the  Board of
     Directors of any Affiliate.

          (i)  Effective  Date.  The  date  that  the  Plan is  approved  by the
     shareholders of the Company which was August 2, 1996.

          (j) Employee. Any person employed by the Employer.

          (k) Employer. The Company and all Affiliates.

          (l) Fair Market  Value.  The closing price of the Shares on the NASDAQ
     on a given date,  or, in the absence of sales on a given date,  the closing
     price on the NASDAQ on the last day on which a sale occurred  prior to such
     date.

          (m) NQSO. A non-qualified  stock option,  which is an Option that does
     not qualify as an Incentive  Stock Option under Section 422 of the Internal
     Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (n) Option. An option to purchase Shares granted under the Plan.

          (o) Parent.  Any corporation  (other than the Company or a Subsidiary)
     in an unbroken chain of  corporations  ending with the Company,  if, at the
     time of the grant of an Option,  each of the  corporations  (other than the
     Company or a  Subsidiary)  owns stock  possessing  50% or more of the total
     combined  voting  power  of all  classes  of  stock  in  one  of the  other
     corporations in such chain.


                                       2
<PAGE>

          (p)  Participant.  An  individual  who is granted an Option  under the
     Plan. Options may be granted only to Employees and Directors.

          (q) Plan. The Applied  Cellular  Technology,  Inc. 1996  Non-Qualified
     Stock Option Plan and all amendments and supplements to it.

          (r) Share. A share of Common Stock.

          (s)  Subsidiary.  Any  corporation,  other  than  the  Company,  in an
     unbroken chain of  corporations  beginning with the Company if, at the time
     of  grant  of an  Option,  each of the  corporations,  other  than the last
     corporation in the unbroken chain, owns stock possessing 50% or more of the
     total  combined  voting  power of all  classes of stock in one of the other
     corporations in such chain.

          2.2.     Other Definitions.

     In addition to the above definitions, certain words and phrases used in the
Plan and any Agreement  may be defined in other  portions of the Plan or in such
Agreement.

          2.3.     Conflicts in Plan.

     In the case of any conflict in the terms of the Plan relating to an Option,
the provisions in the ARTICLE of the Plan which specifically  grants such Option
shall control those in a different ARTICLE.



                                   ARTICLE III

                                  COMMON STOCK

3.        Common Stock.

          3.1.     Number of Shares.

     The number of Shares for which  Options may be granted under the Plan shall
be 10,000,000 Shares. Such Shares may be authorized but unissued Shares,  Shares
held in the treasury, or both.

          3.2.     Reusage.

     If an Option expires or is terminated, surrendered, forfeited, or cancelled
without  having  been fully  exercised,  the Shares  with  respect to which such
Option has not been exercised at the time of termination, surrender, forfeiture,
or  cancellation  shall again be available  for use under the Plan. In addition,
Shares  delivered to the Company as payment of the  exercise  price of an Option
shall again be available for use under the Plan.


                                       3

<PAGE>

     3.3. Adjustments.

     If there is any change in the Common  Stock of the Company by reason of any
stock  dividend,  spin-off,  split-up,   spin-out,   recapitalization,   merger,
consolidation,  reorganization,  combination  or exchange of shares,  number and
class of shares  available  for  Options  and the  number of Shares  subject  to
outstanding   Options,   and  the  price  thereof,   as  applicable,   shall  be
appropriately adjusted by the Committee.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                   ELIGIBILITY


4.   Eligibility.

     4.1. Determined By Committee.

     The  Participants  and the  Options  they  receive  under the Plan shall be
determined solely by the Committee. In making its determinations,  the Committee
shall consider past,  present and expected future  contributions of Participants
and potential Participants to the Employer,  including,  without limitation, the
performance of, or the refraining from the performance of, services.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                 ADMINISTRATION


5. Administration.

     5.1. Committee.

     The Plan  shall be  administered  by the  Committee.  The  Committee  shall
consist of the Board,  unless the Board  appoints a Committee of two or more but
less than all of the Board.  If the Committee does not include the entire Board,
it shall serve at the pleasure of the Board, which may from time to time appoint
members in  substitution  for members  previously  appointed and fill vacancies,
however caused, in the Committee. The Committee may select one of its members as
its  Chairman  and shall  hold its  meetings  at such times and places as it may
determine.   A  majority  of  its  members  shall   constitute  a  quorum.   All
determinations of the Committee shall be made by a majority of its members.  Any
decision  or  determination  reduced to writing  and signed by a majority of the
members shall be fully as effective as if it had been made by a majority vote at
a meeting duly called and held.


                                       4

<PAGE>

     5.2. Authority.

     Subject to the terms of the Plan,  the Committee  shall have  discretionary
authority to:

          (a) determine the individuals to whom Options are granted, the amounts
     of Options to be granted and the time of all such grants;

          (b)  determine  the  terms,   conditions   and   provisions   of,  and
     restrictions relating to, each Option granted;

          (c) interpret and construe the Plan and all Agreements;

          (d) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating
          to the Plan;

          (e) determine the content and form of all Agreements;

          (f) determine all questions relating to Options under the Plan;

          (g) maintain accounts, records and ledgers relating to Options;

          (h) maintain records concerning its decisions and proceedings;

          (i) employ  agents,  attorneys,  accountants or other persons for such
     purposes as the Committee considers necessary or desirable;

          (j) take, at anytime, any action permitted by Section 6.7 irrespective
     of whether any Change of Control has occurred or is imminent; and

          (k) do and perform all acts which it may deem necessary or appropriate
     for the administration of the Plan and carry out the purposes of the Plan.

     5.3. Adjudication of Claims.

     The Committee shall have discretionary authority to make all determinations
as to the right to  benefits  under the Plan.  In the event  that a  Participant
believes he has not  received  the  benefits  to which he is entitled  under the
Plan,  a claim  shall be made in writing to the  Committee.  The claim  shall be
reviewed by the  Committee.  If the claim is  approved or denied,  in full or in
part, the Committee  shall provide a written notice of approval or denial within
90 days with, in the case of a denial,  the specific  reasons for the denial and
specific reference to the provisions of the Plan and/or Agreement upon which the
denial is based.  A claim shall be deemed denied if the Committee  does not take
any action  within the  aforesaid 90 day period.  If a claim is denied or deemed
denied and a review is desired,  the  Participant  shall notify the Committee in
writing  within 60 days of the  receipt of notice of denial or the date on which
the claim is deemed to be denied,  as the case may be. In  requesting  a review,
the  Participant  may review the Plan or any document  relating to it and submit
any written  issues and comments he may deem  appropriate.  The Committee  shall

                                       5
<PAGE>

then  review  the claim and  provide a  written  decision  within 60 days.  This
decision,  if adverse to the  Participant,  shall state the specific reasons for
the decision and shall  include  reference  to specific  provisions  of the Plan
and/or  Agreement on which the decision is based.  The  Committee's  decision on
review shall be final.

     5.4. Options for Directors.

     Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan,  all  determinations
relating  to whether or not a member of the Board shall  receive an Option,  the
terms and  conditions  relating to any Option  granted to such  member,  and all
matters  relating to such Option after it is granted shall be made by the Board,
and the Board shall have all of the powers and  authorities  granted in the Plan
to the Committee for such purposes.



                                   ARTICLE VI

                  AMENDMENT, TERMINATION, AND CHANGE OF CONTROL


6. Amendment, Termination, and Change of Control.

     6.1. Power of Board.

     Except as  hereinafter  provided,  the Board  shall have the sole right and
power to amend the Plan
     at any time and from time to time.

     6.2. Limitation.

     The Board may not amend the Plan,  without  approval of the shareholders of
the Company, in a manner which would violate applicable law.

     6.3. Term.

     The Plan shall commence as of the Effective Date and,  subject to the terms
of the Plan,  shall continue in full force and effect until the earlier of March
15, 2006 or the termination of the Plan by the Board.

     6.4. Termination.

     The Plan may be terminated at any time by the Board.

     6.5. Effect of Amendment or Termination.

     Subject to the provisions of  Section 6.6,  the amendment or termination of
the Plan shall not adversely affect a Participant's  right to any Option granted
prior to such amendment or termination.


                                       6

<PAGE>

     6.6. Committee's Right.

     Any Option granted may be converted,  modified,  forfeited or cancelled, in
whole or in part, by the Committee if and to the extent permitted in the Plan or
applicable  Agreement or with the consent of the Participant to whom such Option
was granted.

     6.7. Change of Control.

     In order to  maintain  a  Participant's  rights in the event of a Change in
Control, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may, in any Agreement evidencing
an Option, or at any time prior to, or simultaneously  with or after a Change in
Control, provide such protection as it may deem necessary.  Without, in any way,
limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing  sentence or requiring  any specific
protection, the Committee may:

          (a) provide for the  acceleration of any time periods  relating to the
     exercise of such Option so that such Option may be  exercised in full on or
     before a date fixed by the Committee;

          (b) provide for the  purchase of such Option,  upon the  Participant's
     request,  for an amount of cash equal to the amount  which  could have been
     attained  upon the  exercise of such Option had such Option been  currently
     exercisable;

          (c)  make  such  adjustment  to the  Option  then  outstanding  as the
     Committee deems appropriate to reflect such transaction or change; and/or

          (d) cause the Options then  outstanding to be assumed,  or new Options
     substituted therefor, by the surviving corporation in such change.



                                       7
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VII

                                   AGREEMENTS


7. Agreements

     7.1. Grant Evidenced by Agreement.

     The grant of any Option  under the Plan shall be  evidenced by an Agreement
which shall  describe  the Option  granted and the terms and  conditions  of the
Option.  The granting of any Option shall be subject to, and  conditioned  upon,
the recipient's execution of any Agreement required by the Committee.  Except as
otherwise provided in an Agreement,  all capitalized terms used in the Agreement
shall have the same meaning as in the Plan,  and the Agreement  shall be subject
to all of the terms of the Plan.

     7.2. Provisions of Agreement.

     Each  Agreement  will  provide  that the  grantee  shall  not  resign as an
Employee  or  Director  until at least  one year  has  elapsed.  Subject  to the
preceding sentence and the other terms of the Plan, each Agreement shall contain
such  additional  provisions that the Committee shall determine to be necessary,
desirable and appropriate for the Option granted.



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                       PAYMENT, DIVIDENDS, AND WITHHOLDING


8. Payment, Dividends, and Withholdings.

     8.1. Payment.

     Upon the exercise of an Option, the amount due the Company shall be paid:

          (a) in cash;

          (b) by the  tender or  constructive  tender to the  Company  of Shares
     owned by the optionee and registered in his name having a Fair Market Value
     equal to the amount due to the Company;

          (c) in other property, rights and credits, including the Participant's
     promissory note;

          (d) in cash,  but by means of a so-called  "cashless  exercise"  of an
     Option; and/or


                                       8

<PAGE>

          (e) by any combination of the payment  methods  specified in (a), (b),
     (c) and (d) above.

Notwithstanding, the foregoing, any method of payment other than (a) may be used
only with the consent of the Committee or if and to the extent so provided in an
Agreement.  The  proceeds of the sale of Common Stock  purchased  pursuant to an
Option shall be added to the general  funds of the Company or to the Shares held
in  treasury,  as the case may be, and used for the  corporate  purposes  of the
Company as the Board shall determine.

     8.2. Dividend Equivalents.

     Grants of Options  may  include  dividend  equivalent  payments or dividend
credit rights.

     8.3. Withholding.

     The Company  may, at the time any Option is  exercised,  withhold  from the
Shares issuable upon the exercise of an Option,  any amount necessary to satisfy
federal,  state and local income and/or other tax withholding  requirements with
respect to the exercise of such Option. The Committee or the Company may require
a  participant  to tender to the Company cash in the amount  necessary to comply
with any such withholding requirements.



                                   ARTICLE IX

                                     OPTIONS


9. Options.

     9.1. Type of Options.

     Only NQSOs may be granted by the Committee under the Plan.

     9.2. Terms of NQSOs.

     The terms of each NQSO  shall  provide  that (a) such  Option  shall not be
treated as an Incentive  Stock Option under Section 422 of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended,  (b) that the Option will not be exercisable (i) until
at least one year after the Option has been granted and (ii) unless the optionee
is a Director or an Employee at the time of exercise or has ceased to be such at
least one year after the Option is granted and after it is  exercisable  because
of death,  total and permanent  disability or termination by the Company without
cause,  and (c) that such option  shall not be  exercisable  more than ten years
after the date of grant.  The purchase  price for Shares under any NQSO shall be
not less than 85% of the Fair Market  Value of the Shares at the time the Option
is granted.

                                       9
<PAGE>

     9.3. Determination by Committee.

     Except as otherwise  provided in Section 9.2, or otherwise in the Plan, the
terms of all Options shall be determined by the Committee.



                                    ARTICLE X

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


10. Miscellaneous Provisions.

     10.1. Underscored References.

     The  underscored  references  contained in the Plan are  included  only for
convenience,  and they  shall not be  construed  as a part of the Plan or in any
respect affecting or modifying its provisions.

     10.2. Number and Gender.

     The masculine and neuter,  wherever used in the Plan, shall refer to either
the masculine,  neuter or feminine;  and, unless the context otherwise requires,
the singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular.

     10.3. Governing Law.

     This Plan shall be construed and  administered  in accordance with the laws
of the State of Missouri.

     10.4. Purchase for Investment.

     The  Committee  may require each person  purchasing  Shares  pursuant to an
Option to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is
acquiring  the Shares  for  investment  and  without a view to  distribution  or
resale.  The  certificates  for such  Shares may  include  any legend  which the
Committee  deems  appropriate  to reflect  any  restrictions  on  transfer.  All
certificates  for  Shares  delivered  under the Plan  shall be  subject  to such
stock-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable
under all applicable laws, rules and regulations,  and the Committee may cause a
legend  or  legends  to be put on any  such  certificates  to  make  appropriate
references to such restrictions.

     10.5. No Employment Contract.

     The  adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any  Employee  any right to
continued  employment  nor shall it  interfere  in any way with the right of the
Employer to terminate the employment of any of its Employees at any time.


                                       10
<PAGE>

     10.6. No Effect on Other Benefits.

     The grant of Options under the Plan shall have no effect on any benefits to
which a Participant  may be entitled  from the  Employer,  under another plan or
otherwise, or preclude a Participant from receiving any such benefits.















                                       11


                                                                    Exhibit 10.3



                       FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

         This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT  AGREEMENT  (this "First  Amendment") is
entered into as of February 4, 1999, by and between APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY,
INC., a Missouri  corporation  (together with its  successors  and assigns,  the
"Borrower") and (b) STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY,  a Massachusetts  trust
company (together with its successors and assigns, the "Bank").

         All  capitalized  terms not defined  herein but defined in that certain
Credit  Agreement,  dated as of August 25, 1998, by and between the Borrower and
the Bank  (as the  same  may be  amended,  modified,  substituted,  extended  or
restated,  from time to time,  the "Credit  Agreement")  shall have the meanings
given to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

                             Preliminary Statements:

         A. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the
other Credit  Documents,  the Bank has  established a certain  Revolving  Credit
Facility  (the  "Revolving  Credit  Facility")  in favor of the  Borrower in the
original   principal   amount  of  up  to  Twenty  Million  and  00/100  Dollars
($20,000,000.00); and

         B. On or about October 7, 1998, the Borrower  created Applied  Cellular
Technology  Financial  Corp.,  a  New  Hampshire  corporation,  which  is a  new
wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Borrower (the "New Subsidiary"); and

         C. Section 5.18 of the Credit  Agreement  requires that,  within thirty
(30) days after the creation of any new Subsidiary,  the Borrower cause such new
Subsidiary to become a Guarantor of the  Obligations by executing and delivering
certain  agreements,  documents  and  instruments  which  are more  particularly
described therein; and

         D. The Borrower now requests  that (i) the Bank  increase the aggregate
principal  amount  available  under the  Revolving  Credit  Facility from Twenty
Million and 00/100 Dollars  ($20,000,000.00)  to Twenty Three Million and 00/100
Dollars  ($23,000,000.00);  and (ii) extend the date by which the New Subsidiary
must become a Guarantor to March 31, 1999; and

         E. The Bank is not willing to (i) so increase the  aggregate  principal
amount  available under the Revolving Credit Facility or (ii) extend the date by
which the New Subsidiary must become a Guarantor,  unless and until the Borrower
has  entered  into and agreed to all of the terms and  conditions  of this First
Amendment;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements and covenants
contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the Borrower and the Bank hereby
agree as follows:

         1.       Amendments to Credit Agreement.

                  1.1  Amendment  to Section  1.01.  The  definition  of "Credit
         Documents"  contained in Section 1.01 of the Credit Amendment is hereby
         amended, restated and superseded in its entirety as follows:


<PAGE>


                           "'Credit  Documents'  shall mean this Agreement,  the
                  Note, the Guaranty  Agreement,  the Security Documents and any
                  and all other agreements, guaranties,  instruments, documents,
                  certificates,   financing  statements,   powers  of  attorney,
                  consents and filings,  whether  heretofore,  now, or hereafter
                  executed by or on behalf of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any
                  other Person and delivered to the Bank in connection  with the
                  Credit,  all  as  may  be  amended,  modified,   supplemented,
                  restated or extended, from time to time."

               1.2  Amendment to Section  2.01(a).  The  reference  contained in
          Section 2.01(a) of the Loan Agreement to  "$20,000,000" is deleted and
          replaced with the following: "Twenty- Three Million and 00/100 Dollars
          ($23,000,000.00)".

               1.3  Amendment to Section  2.01(b).  The  reference  contained in
          Section 2.01(b) of the Loan Agreement to  "$20,000,000" is deleted and
          replaced with the following: "Twenty- Three Million and 00/100 Dollars
          ($23,000,000.00)".

         2. First Allonge to Revolving  Credit Note.  The Borrower shall execute
and deliver  contemporaneously  herewith to the Bank a certain  First Allonge to
Revolving  Credit Note (the "First  Allonge to  Revolving  Credit  Note") by and
between the  Borrower  and the Bank which  amends the  Revolving  Credit Note to
reflect the  increase in the  aggregate  principal  amount  available  under the
Revolving   Credit   Facility   from   Twenty   Million   and   00/100   Dollars
($20,000,000.00)  to Twenty Three Million and 00/100  Dollars  ($23,000,000.00).
The First Allonge to Revolving  Credit Note shall be  substantially  in the form
attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by reference.

         3.  Reaffirmation  of Guaranty  Agreement and Security  Documents.  The
Borrower  shall cause the  Guarantors  to execute and deliver  contemporaneously
herewith to the Bank a certain  Reaffirmation of Guaranty Agreement and Security
Documents (the "Reaffirmation of Guaranty Agreement and Security  Documents") by
and between the  Borrower  and the  Guarantors,  pursuant to which,  among other
things,  each of the Guarantors  reaffirms all of its  obligations and liability
under the Guaranty  Agreement  and each of the Security  Documents to which each
such Guarantor is a party. The Reaffirmation of Guaranty  Agreement and Security
Documents  shall be  substantially  in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B and
incorporated herein by reference.

         4. New  Subsidiary  -  Extension.  The Bank hereby  extends the date by
which the New  Subsidiary  must become a Guarantor to March 31, 1999, so long as
by such date the Borrower  shall have complied with all of the  requirements  of
Section 5.18 of the Credit Agreement with respect to such New Subsidiary.

         5 Ratification of Credit Documents. Subject to the amendments expressly
set forth in Section 1 above and in the First Allonge to Revolving  Credit Note,
the Borrower  hereby  ratifies and reaffirms all of the terms and  provisions of
the Credit  Agreement  and all of the other  Credit  Documents  to which it is a
party or by which it or its property is bound, and hereby expressly acknowledges
and confirms that the terms and provisions of each thereof,  as amended  hereby,
shall and do remain in full force and effect, without change.

                                       2

<PAGE>


         6. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and
confirms that all of its representations and warranties  contained in the Credit
Agreement and in all of the other Credit Documents are and remain true,  correct
and  complete as of the date hereof as if made as of the date hereof  (except as
the same may  expressly  relate to an earlier  date,  and except as the same may
relate or apply to the New Subsidiary).  The Borrower represents and warrants to
the Bank that if, effective as of the date hereof,  the New Subsidiary was to be
party to the Guaranty  Agreement and the other Credit  Documents to which all of
the other Guarantors are parties, there would be no breach by the New Subsidiary
of any of the representations and warranties  contained therein which would have
a material and adverse effect on the Borrower and the Guarantors  (including the
New  Subsidiary),  when  taken  as a  whole,  and  there  would  be  no  events,
circumstances  or  conditions  (financial  or  otherwise)  relating  to the  New
Subsidiary,  which would  materially and adversely impair the ability of the New
Subsidiary to perform or observe all of its respective  obligations  thereunder,
in accordance with the terms thereof.

         7. No Events of Default. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to
the Bank that no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is now  continuing
under the Credit Agreement or under any of the other Credit Documents, and there
does not now exist any  circumstance or set of facts,  which with the passage of
time or the giving of notice or both would  constitute  or result in an Event of
Default or a default under the Credit Agreement or under any of the other Credit
Documents.

         8. Conditions  Precedent.  The obligations of the Bank under this First
Amendment are subject to the  satisfaction  of each of the following  conditions
precedent,  all of which shall be in form,  scope and substance  satisfactory to
the Bank and its counsel:

                  (a)  Credit  Modification  Documents.   The  Bank  shall  have
         received (i) this First  Amendment,  executed  and  delivered by a duly
         authorized  officer of the Borrower,  with a counterpart  for the Bank,
         (ii) the First Allonge to Revolving Credit Note, executed and delivered
         by a duly  authorized  officer of the Borrower,  with a counterpart for
         the  Bank,  and (iii)  the  Reaffirmation  of  Guaranty  Agreement  and
         Security Documents, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer
         of each Guarantor.

                  (b) Corporate Proceedings of the Borrower. The Bank shall have
         received a copy of the resolutions,  in form and substance satisfactory
         to the Bank, of the Board of Directors of the Borrower  authorizing the
         execution,  delivery and  performance  of this First  Amendment and the
         First  Allonge  to  Revolving  Credit  Note,  all as  certified  by the
         Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Borrower as of the date
         hereof,  which  certificate  shall be in form and substance  reasonably
         satisfactory to the Bank and shall state that the  resolutions  thereby
         certified have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded.

                  (c) Incumbency  Certificate for Borrower.  The Bank shall have
         received a  certificate,  dated as of the date hereof,  executed by the
         Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Borrower,  certifying (i) as
         to the  incumbency  and  signature  of  the  officers  of the  Borrower
         executing  this First  Amendment  and the First  Allonge  to  Revolving
         Credit  Note,  and (ii)  since  August  25,  1998,  there  have been no
         amendments,  modifications  or  other  changes  to the  Certificate  of
         Incorporation  and By-Laws for the Borrower,  and said  Certificate  of
         Incorporation  and By-Laws have not rescinded and are in full force and
         effect as of the date hereof.

                                       3
<PAGE>


                  (d) Corporate  Proceedings of Guarantors.  The Bank shall have
         received a copy of the  resolutions,  in form and substance  reasonably
         satisfactory  to the  Bank,  of the Board of  Directors  of each of the
         Guarantors  authorizing the execution,  delivery and performance of the
         Reaffirmation of Guaranty Agreement and Security  Documents,  certified
         by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each such Guarantor as of
         the date  hereof,  which  certificate  shall  be in form and  substance
         reasonably   satisfactory   to  the  Bank  and  shall  state  that  the
         resolutions thereby certified have not been amended,  modified, revoked
         or rescinded.

                  (e) Incumbency  Certificates  for  Guarantors.  The Bank shall
         have received a certificate,  dated as of the date hereof,  executed by
         the  Secretary  or an Assistant  Secretary  of each of the  Guarantors,
         certifying  (i) as to the  incumbency  and signature of the officers of
         such Guarantor  executing the  Reaffirmation of Guaranty  Agreement and
         Security Documents,  and (ii) since August 25, 1998, there have been no
         amendments,  modifications  or other  changes  to the  Certificate  (or
         Articles)  of  Incorporation  (or  Organization)  and  By-Laws for such
         Guarantor,  and said  Certificate  (or Articles) of  Incorporation  (or
         Organization)  and By-Laws have not rescinded and are in full force and
         effect as of the date hereof.

                  (f)  Certificates  of Legal  Existence and Good Standing.  The
         Bank shall have received  certificates of legal existence and corporate
         good standing for the Borrower and each  Guarantor,  all of recent date
         issued by the appropriate governmental authorities.

                  (g) Legal Opinion. The Bank shall have received executed legal
         opinions of the law firms of Riemer & Braunstein and/or Merra, Kanakis,
         Creme & Mellor,  P.C.,  counsel  to the  Borrower  and the  Guarantors,
         covering such matters related to the transactions  contemplated by this
         First Amendment as the Bank may reasonably request.  Such legal opinion
         shall be in a form and substance reasonably  acceptable to the Bank and
         its counsel.

                  (h)  Reimbursement  of Costs. The Borrower shall have paid all
         legal fees, costs and expenses  incurred by the Bank in connection with
         this First Amendment and the transactions contemplated herein.

         9.       Miscellaneous

                  9.1 No Other Amendments.  Except for the amendments  expressly
         set forth in Section 1 of this First Amendment and in the First Allonge
         to Revolving  Credit Note,  nothing herein contained shall be construed
         to modify,  amend or otherwise  alter any of the terms or provisions of
         the Credit Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents;  and nothing
         herein  contained shall  constitute a waiver of or bar to any rights or
         remedies  available  to the Bank,  or a waiver of any Event of  Default
         under the Credit  Documents on any occasion;  and nothing  herein shall
         constitute  an  agreement  by the Bank or obligate  the Bank to take or
         refrain from taking any action,  and nothing herein shall constitute an
         agreement by the Bank to give notice to or obtain acknowledgements from
         any of the  parties,  on any  other  occasion,  whether  similar  to or
         dissimilar from this occasion.


               9.2 Execution; Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed
          in any number of counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an
          original as against any party whose  signature  appears  hereon,   and


                                       4
<PAGE>

         all of which  shall together  constitute  one and the same  instrument.
         This  First    Amendment   shall  become   binding  when  one  or  more
         counterparts   hereof,  individually or taken together,  shall bear the
         signatures of  all  of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.

                  9.3  Successors  and Assigns.  This First  Amendment  shall be
         binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto,  and their
         respective representatives, successors and assigns.

                  9.4  Governing  Law.  This First  Amendment  and all questions
         relating to its validity,  interpretation,  performance and enforcement
         shall be governed by and construed in  accordance  with the laws of The
         Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  notwithstanding  any  conflict-of-law
         provisions to the contrary.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed this First Amendment
under seal as of the date first set forth above.

WITNESS:                                 APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY,
                                         INC.


 /s/ Paul C. Creme                            /s/ Jerome C. Artigliere
__________________________________       By:____________________________________
Name:                                       Jerome C. Artigliere, Vice President


WITNESS:                                 STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                                         


 /s/                                          /s/ R. Scott Haskell
___________________________________      By:____________________________________
Name:                                       R. Scott Haskell, Vice President




                                       5



                                                                    Exhibit 10.4


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") made and entered into this 23rd day of March,
1999, by and between APPLIED CELLULAR  TECHNOLOGY,  INC., a Missouri corporation
("Company") and RICHARD J. SULLIVAN ("Employee").

                                   BACKGROUND

     Employee  has been and  presently is employed by Company as its chairman of
the board and chief  executive  officer.  The parties have entered into a formal
employment  agreement  covering  the terms and  conditions  of such  employment.
Subsequently,  the parties reached a tentative agreement regarding some, but not
all, of the terms and conditions of a revised employment agreement.  The parties
have now reached an  agreement on all of the terms and  conditions  of a revised
employment  agreement  and desire to set forth in this  document  such terms and
conditions.

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

     1. Employment. Company hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts
such  employment by Company,  on the terms and  conditions  set forth below.  

     2. Capacity.  Employee  shall serve as Company's  chairman of the board and
chief  executive  officer.  Employee shall perform such services for company and
its  subsidiaries  and affiliates as Company's  board of directors  shall direct
from time to time.  However, no such services shall be of a nature which are not
commensurate with, and/or are beneath the dignity of, Employee's title. 


<PAGE>

     3. Term. Company's employment of Employee under this Agreement shall be for
an initial term of five years  commencing on July 1, 1998 and ending on June 30,
2003. The term of Employee's employment under this Agreement shall automatically
be renewed for successive  additional one year terms on each  anniversary of the
commencement of Employee's  employment under this Agreement,  beginning with the
July 1, 1999 anniversary  date, each of which terms shall be added at the end of
the then existing term (taking into account any prior  extensions or failures to
extend),  unless  either  party  notifies the other at least 30 days prior to an
anniversary  date of this Agreement.  For example,  unless either party notifies
the other to the contrary on or before June 1, 1999,  the term of this Agreement
shall be extended from July 1, 2003 to June 30, 2004. For further  example,  and
assuming the term of this  Agreement  has been extended to June 30, 2004, if one
party  notifies  the other  that it does not  desire to extend  the term of this
Agreement for an  additional  year and such notice is given on or before June 1,
2000, the term of this Agreement shall not be extended from July 1, 2004 to June
30, 2005.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the term of this  Agreement may end
prior to the termination  date determined  under this paragraph 3 as provided in
paragraphs 9, 10, 11 and 12.

     4. Service While Employed.  Employee agrees to devote his best efforts, his
full  diligence and at least 60% his business  time to his duties  hereunder and
shall not  engage,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  in any  business or other
activity which is  competitive  with or adverse to the interests or the business
of Company.

     5. Items Furnished and Relocation. Company shall furnish Employee with such
private office, secretarial assistance, and such other facilities, equipment and


                                       2
<PAGE>

services  suitable to his position and adequate to perform his duties hereunder.
Employee shall not be relocated by Company without his consent.

     6. Compensation,  Vacations and Reimbursement.  As partial compensation for
his  services to Company,  Company  agrees to pay  Employee an annual  salary in
regular monthly or other agreed upon  installments of not less than $450,000 and
an annual  bonus of not less  than  $140,000.  In  addition,  Employee  shall be
entitled  to receive  such  bonuses  (in  addition  to that  required  under the
preceding sentence),  incentive compensation, and other compensation, if any, as
Company's board of directors,  executive committee,  compensation  committee, or
other  designated  committee  shall award  Employee from time to time whether in
cash, Company stock, stock options,  other stock based compensation,  other form
of  remuneration,  or any  combination of the foregoing.  All such  compensation
shall be subject to legally  required  income and  employment  tax  withholding.
Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  paid  vacations  and  reimbursement  for  all
reasonable business expenses in accordance with Company's policies for executive
officers.

     7. Other Benefits. In addition to his compensation described in paragraph 6
above,  Employee shall be entitled to participate in such bonus, profit sharing,
deferred compensation and pension plans of Company for which he is eligible.

     8. Welfare and Fringe Benefits.  In addition to his compensation  described
in paragraph 6 and the benefits  described in paragraph 7 above,  Employee shall
be  entitled  to  participate  in such  welfare  and fringe  benefits  plans and
programs of the Company for which he is eligible.


                                       3

<PAGE>

     9.  Death  and  Disability.  If  Employee  dies  during  the  term  of this
Agreement, his employment shall be deemed to have been terminated as of the last
day of the month in which his death  occurs,  and Company will pay to Employee's
personal  representative  all salary and other compensation due Employee through
the end of such  month.  If  Employee  becomes  permanently  disabled so that he
cannot perform his duties hereunder, as determined by a physician selected by or
acceptable to Company, his employment shall be deemed to have been terminated as
of the last day of the month in which such  determination  is made,  and he will
receive his salary and other  compensation  through  the end of such month.  For
purposes of the foregoing computations,  Employee shall be deemed to have earned
the same  percentage of his minimum annual bonus for such employment year as the
number of days in the employment  year through the date his employment is deemed
to terminate is of 365.

     10.  Retirement.  From and after the time  Employee  attains age 65, he may
retire  at any  time by  notifying  Company  at  least  120  days  prior  to his
retirement date or be retired by Company upon at least two years notice.

     11.  Default.  In the event that  either  party  fails to perform  material
provision  of this  Agreement  and  such  failure  continues  for 15 days  after
notification from the nonbreaching  party, the nonbreaching  party may terminate
this  Agreement by notice to the  breaching  party.  Such  termination  shall be
without  prejudice to any rights or remedies  which the  nonbreaching  party may
have.

     12.  Change  in  Control.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this
Agreement,  should a "change of control" occur, Employee, at his sole option and
discretion, may terminate his employment under this Agreement at any time within


                                       4
<PAGE>

one year after such change of control upon 15 days notice.  In the event of such
termination,  Company  shall pay to  Employee a  severance  payment  ("Severance
Payment") equal to three times the base amount as defined in Section  280G(b)(3)
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  ("Code")  minus  $1.00.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (a) if the  Severance  Payment  and any  other
amounts payable by Company to Employee are parachute payments under Code Section
280b  (collectively,  "Parachute  Payments") and, (b), if reducing the Severance
Payment would eliminate the tax provided for in Code Section 4999 ("Section 4999
Tax") which would otherwise be applicable to the Parachute Payments, and (c) if,
because of such  elimination,  the net amount of the Parachute  Payments  (total
payments  minus Section 4999 Tax) would be greater than such net amount  without
reduction,  then the Severance  Payment shall be reduced by the smallest  amount
required to eliminate  the  imposition  of the Section  4999 Tax. The  foregoing
determination shall be made by Company's general counsel,  and his determination
shall be binding  upon Company and  Employee.  The amount  determined  under the
foregoing  provisions  of this  paragraph  12 shall be payable no later than one
month after the effective  date of the Employee's  termination of employment.  A
change in control  means:  the  acquisition,  without the  approval of Company's
board of  directors,  by any person or entity,  other than Company or a "related
entity," of more than 20% of the outstanding  shares of Company's  voting common
stock through a tender offer,  exchange offer or otherwise;  the  liquidation or
dissolution  of  Company  following  a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all or
substantially  all of its assets;  a merger of consolidation  involving  Company
which results in Company not being the surviving parent corporation; or any time
during any two-year  period in which  individuals  who  constituted the board of
directors of Company at the start of such period (or whose election was approved
by at least  two-third  of the then members of the board of directors of Company
who were members at the start of the two-year period) do not constitute at least

                                    5
<PAGE>

50% of the board of directors for any reason.  A related entity is the parent, a
subsidiary  or any employee  benefit plan  (including a trust  forming a part of
such a plan) maintained by Company, its parent or a subsidiary.

     13.  Nondisclosure;  Return  of  Records.  Employee  will  not,  except  as
authorized  by  Company,  publish  or  disclose  to  others,  or use for his own
benefit, or authorize anyone else to publish or disclose or use, or copy or make
notes of any secret,  proprietary,  or confidential  information or knowledge of
data or trade secrets of or relating to the business activities of Company which
may come to Employee's  knowledge  during his employment with the Company.  Upon
termination of Employee's  employment  for any reason,  Employee will deliver to
Company,  without retaining any copies, notes or excerpts,  all records,  notes,
data,  memoranda,  and all other  documents  or  materials  made or  compiled by
Employee,  or made available to him by Company during his employment,  which are
in Employee's  possession  and/or  control and which are the property of Company
and/or which relate to  Employee's  employment  or the  business  activities  of
Company.

     14. Binding  Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of Company and any successors or assigns of Company,  and Employee,  his
heirs, personal  representatives and assigns, except that Employee's obligations
to  perform   services  and  rights  to  receive  payment   therefore  shall  be
nonassignable and nontransferable.

     15. Entire Agreement:  Modification.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement  between the parties with respect to the subject matter and supersedes

                                       6
<PAGE>

all prior or  contemporaneous  agreements not set forth in this agreement.  This
Agreement  may not be modified  other than by an agreement in writing  signed by
each of the parties.

     16.  Waiver.  Any failure by either party to enforce any  provision of this
Agreement  shall  not  operate  as a  waiver  of  such  provision  or any  other
provision.  Any waiver by either  party of any breach of any  provision  of this
Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach of such provision or
any other provision of this agreement.

     17.  Severability.  The  invalidity or  unenforceability  of any particular
provision  of this  Agreement  shall not  effect  the other  provisions  of this
Agreement,  and this  Agreement  shall be  construed  in all respects as if such
invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

     18. Paragraph  Headings.  Paragraph headings  throughout this Agreement are
solely for the  convenience  of the parties and shall not be construed as a part
of any section or as modifying the contents of any section.

     19.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed  and  construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri.

     20.  Notices.   All  notices  under  this  Agreement  shall  be  personally
delivered,  sent certified mail,  postage  prepaid,  to Company at its corporate
office and to Employee at his principal residence, or sent by telecopy.

     21.   Supplemental   Compensation.   Upon  the  termination  of  Employee's
employment  with  Company  for any  reason,  other  than due to his  breach of a
material  provision of his  employment  as described in paragraph  11,  Employee
shall be entitled to receive from Company 60 equal  monthly  payments,  with the
first such payment due on the second first day of the month after termination of
employment,  of $37,500 each.  If Employee  should die before all or any part of


                                       7
<PAGE>

the above  described  monthly  payments  have been  made,  all  payments  or all
remaining  payments  shall  be  made  to his  designated  beneficiary,  if  any,
otherwise to his estate.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the aggregate  amount
payable under this paragraph 21 shall be reduced by the amount,  if any, payable
under paragraph 12.

     22. Non-Competition. During the period that Employee is entitled to receive
payments under paragraph 21, Employee shall not engage,  directly or indirectly,
either on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm,  corporation or
other entity, in any business  competitive with the business of Company,  in the
geographic  area  in  which  Company  is  conducting  business  at the  time  of
termination  of  Employee's  employment,  or own more than 5% of any such  firm,
corporation  or other entity.  In addition,  Employee must furnish  Company with
such  information  as  Company  shall  from  time to time  request  in  order to
determine that Employee is in compliance with the  requirements of the preceding
provisions of this paragraph 22. The payments to be made under  paragraph 21 are
conditioned upon Employee's  complying with the provisions of this paragraph 22,
and,  in the event that such  provisions  are not  complied  with,  Company  may
suspend  such  payments  for any  period  of time in  which  Employee  is not in
compliance with the preceding provisions of this paragraph 22.

     23.  Company.  For purposes of paragraphs 4, 13, and 22 of this  Agreement,
the Company shall mean Applied  Cellular  Technology,  Inc. and all subsidiaries
and affiliates of it.

     24.  Salary  in Stock or Cash.  At least 10 days  prior to each July 1 that
this Agreement is in effect,  Employee shall elect the amount or percentage,  if
any,  of his  salary  for the 12 month  period  beginning  on that date which he
desires to be payable in company common stock ("Stock").  To the extent Employee

                                       8
<PAGE>

elects to have all or part of his salary  paid in Stock,  the per share value of
the Stock, which shall be used to determine the number of shares payable for the
employment  year,  shall be the average closing price for the last five business
days prior to the  applicable  July 1. Any  election  shall be  irrevocable.  If
Employee fails to make a timely  election,  his entire salary for the employment
year shall be paid in cash.  Any shares of Stock  payable to  Employee  shall be
subject to such transfer  restrictions as are required by applicable  securities
law and a legend to such effect  shall be placed on the  certificates.  Employee
represents  and  warrants  that any Stock which will be paid to him  pursuant to
this paragraph 24 shall be acquired for  investment  purposes and not for resale
or distribution. Company shall include such Stock in any subsequent registration
to the extent  practical.  If any portion of Employee's salary is paid in Stock,
Employee  shall tender to Company the amount  required for income and employment
tax withholding on any such payment. If, and to the extent such amount is not so
tendered, Company may withhold the number of shares of Stock equal to the amount
such  required  withholding  from  the  shares  of  Stock  issued  to  Employee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing  provisions of this paragraph 24, unless otherwise
elected by Employee on or before August 21, 1998, the election  previously  made
under the prior  employment  agreement for the employment year beginning June 1,
1998 shall apply to the  employment  year  beginning  on July 1, 1998.  Any such
revised  election shall apply only to salary payable after such revised election
is made.

     25. Other Matters.  For purposes of this paragraph 25, the following  words
shall have the following respective meanings:

          (a) Condominium.  The condominium  owned by Company known and numbered
     as Unit #14, 6110 North Ocean Boulevard, Pelican Cove, Ocean Ridge, Florida
     33480, or any condominium which the Company acquires to replace it.


                                       9
<PAGE>

          (b) Gross Up  Payment.  A payment  that  covers all  federal and state
     income  taxes  payable  by  Employee,  if any,  which  would  not have been
     incurred  by  Employee  if  another  payment or  transfer  and the Gross Up
     Payment had not been made to Employee.

          (c) Change of Control. As defined in paragraph 12 of this Agreement.

          (d) Triggering  Event. A Change of Control,  termination of Employee's
     employment  for any  reason  other  than due to his  breach  of a  material
     provision  of the terms of his  employment  as described in paragraph 11 of
     the Employment  Agreement,  or if he ceases to be Company's chairman of the
     board or chief  executive  officer  for any  reason  other  than due to his
     breach of a material  provision of the terms of his employment as described
     in  paragraph  11 of  the  Employment  Agreement.  Within  10  days  of the
     occurrence of a Triggering Event, Company shall promptly transfer ownership
     of the  Condominium  free and clear of all mortgages,  deeds of trust,  and
     other  encumbrances  to Employee  and, in  addition,  shall pay Employee an
     amount  of cash  equal  to the  Gross Up  Payment.  In the  event  that the
     Condominium  is not  owned by  Company  at such  time,  Company  shall  pay
     Employee in cash an amount equal to the value of the  Condominium  free and
     clear  of  all  mortgages,  deeds  of  trust  and  other  encumbrances  (as
     determined by a reputable appraiser selected by Employee whose fee shall be
     paid one half by each party)  plus the Gross Up Payment.  Within 10 days of
     the  occurrence of a Triggering  Event,  Company shall also pay to Employee
     the sum of $12,105,000.  If the Triggering  Event is the Employee's  death,
     such amount shall be paid to his designated beneficiary,  if any, otherwise
     to his estate.  Company may pay such amount in cash or in Company's  common


                                       10
<PAGE>

     stock or in a combination  of cash and common  stock.  Common Stock used in
     payment shall be valued at the average closing price on the Nasdaq National
     Market  over the last 5 business  days prior to the date of the  Triggering
     Event.

     26.  Effect  of  Amendment.  This  amended  and  restated  agreement  shall
supersede all agreements  between the parties relating to Employee's  employment
by Company.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

                                       APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.



                                       By: /S/ Garrett A. Sullivan
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Title: President

                                        "Company"


                                        /S/ Richard J. Sullivan
                                       -------------------------------------- 
                                       Richard J. Sullivan

                                       "Employee"




                                       11



                                                                    Exhibit 10.5

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") made and entered into this 23rd day of March,
1999, by and between APPLIED CELLULAR  TECHNOLOGY,  INC., a Missouri corporation
("Company") and GARRETT A. SULLIVAN ("Employee").

                                   BACKGROUND

     Employee has been and presently is employed by Company as its president and
chief  operating  officer.  The parties have  entered  into a formal  employment
agreement  covering the terms and conditions of such  employment.  Subsequently,
the parties  reached a tentative  agreement  regarding some, but not all, of the
terms and  conditions of a revised  employment  agreement.  The parties have now
reached an agreement on all of the terms and conditions of a revised  employment
agreement and desire to set forth in this document such terms and conditions.

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

     1. Employment. Company hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts
such employment by Company, on the terms and conditions set forth below.

     2. Capacity.   Employee  shall  serve  as  Company's  president  and  chief
operating  officer unless and until otherwise  determined by the Company's board
of directors and  thereafter as the Company's  vice chairman and executive  vice
president-strategic  planning.  Employee shall perform such services for Company
and its subsidiaries and affiliates as Company's board of directors shall direct


<PAGE>

from time to time.  However, no such services shall be of a nature which are not
commensurate with, and/or are beneath the dignity of, Employee's title.

     3. Term. Company's employment of Employee under this Agreement shall be for
an initial term of five years  commencing  on June 1, 1998 and ending on May 31,
2003. The term of Employee's employment under this Agreement shall automatically
be renewed for successive  additional one year terms on each  anniversary of the
commencement of Employee's  employment under this Agreement,  beginning with the
June 1, 1999 anniversary  date, each of which terms shall be added at the end of
the then existing term (taking into account any prior  extensions or failures to
extend),  unless  either  party  notifies the other at least 30 days prior to an
anniversary  date of this Agreement.  For example,  unless either party notifies
the other to the contrary on or before May 2, 1999,  the term of this  Agreement
shall be extended from June 1, 2003 to May 31, 2004.  For further  example,  and
assuming the term of this  Agreement  has been  extended to May 31, 2004, if one
party  notifies  the other  that it does not  desire to extend  the term of this
Agreement  for an  additional  year and such notice is given on or before May 2,
2000, the term of this Agreement  shall not be extended from June 1, 2004 to May
31, 2005.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the term of this  Agreement may end
prior to the termination  date determined  under this paragraph 3 as provided in
paragraphs  9, 10, 11 and 12. 

     4. Service While Employed.  Employee agrees to devote his best efforts, his
full  diligence  and  substantially  all  of his  business  time  to his  duties
hereunder and shall not engage,  either directly or indirectly,  in any business
or other activity  which is competitive  with or adverse to the interests or the
business of Company.

                                       2

<PAGE>

     5. Items Furnished and Relocation. Company shall furnish Employee with such
private office, secretarial assistance, and such other facilities, equipment and
services  suitable to his position and adequate to perform his duties hereunder.
Employee  shall not be relocated by Company  without his consent.  Company shall
furnish  Employee with an automobile  upon the terms and conditions that were in
effect on June 1, 1998.

     6. Compensation,  Vacations and Reimbursement.  As partial compensation for
his  services to Company,  Company  agrees to pay  Employee an annual  salary in
regular  monthly or other more frequent  installments of not less than $165,000.
In  addition,  Employee  shall be entitled to receive  such  bonuses,  incentive
compensation,  and other compensation,  if any, as Company's board of directors,
executive committee, compensation committee, or other designated committee shall
award Employee from time to time whether in cash,  Company stock, stock options,
other stock based compensation,  other form of remuneration,  or any combination
of the foregoing.  All such  compensation  shall be subject to legally  required
income and  employment  tax  withholding.  Employee  shall be  entitled  to paid
vacations and reimbursement  for all reasonable  business expenses in accordance
with Company's policies for executive officers.

     7. Other Benefits. In addition to his compensation described in paragraph 6
above,  Employee shall be entitled to participate in such bonus, profit sharing,
deferred compensation and pension plans of Company for which he is eligible.

     8. Welfare and Fringe Benefits.  In addition to his compensation  described
in paragraph 6 and the benefits  described in paragraph 7 above,  Employee shall

 
                                      3

<PAGE>

be  entitled  to  participate  in such  welfare  and fringe  benefits  plans and
programs of the Company for which he is eligible.

     9.  Death  and  Disability.  If  Employee  dies  during  the  term  of this
Agreement, his employment shall be deemed to have been terminated as of the last
day of the month in which his death  occurs,  and Company will pay to Employee's
personal  representative  all salary and other compensation due Employee through
the end of such  month.  If  Employee  becomes  permanently  disabled so that he
cannot perform his duties hereunder, as determined by a physician selected by or
acceptable to Company, his employment shall be deemed to have been terminated as
of the last day of the month in which such  determination  is made,  and he will
receive his salary and other compensation through the end of such month.

     10.  Retirement.  From and after the time  Employee  attains age 65, he may
retire  at any  time by  notifying  Company  at  least  120  days  prior  to his
retirement date or be retired by Company upon at least two years notice.

     11.  Default.  In the event that  either  party  fails to perform  material
provision  of this  Agreement  and  such  failure  continues  for 15 days  after
notification from the nonbreaching  party, the nonbreaching  party may terminate
this  Agreement by notice to the  breaching  party.  Such  termination  shall be
without  prejudice to any rights or remedies  which the  nonbreaching  party may
have.

     12.  Change  in  Control.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this
Agreement,  should a "change of control" occur, Employee, at his sole option and
discretion, may terminate his employment under this Agreement at any time within
one year after such change of control upon 15 days notice.  In the event of such

                                       4

<PAGE>

termination,  Company  shall pay to  Employee a  severance  payment  ("Severance
Payment") equal to three times the base amount as defined in Section  280G(b)(3)
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  ("Code")  minus  $1.00.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (a) if the  Severance  Payment  and any  other
amounts payable by Company to Employee are parachute payments under Code Section
280b  (collectively,  "Parachute  Payments") and, (b), if reducing the Severance
Payment would eliminate the tax provided for in Code Section 4999 ("Section 4999
Tax") which would otherwise be applicable to the Parachute Payments, and (c) if,
because of such  elimination,  the net amount of the Parachute  Payments  (total
payments  minus Section 4999 Tax) would be greater than such net amount  without
reduction,  then the Severance  Payment shall be reduced by the smallest  amount
required to eliminate  the  imposition  of the Section  4999 Tax. The  foregoing
determination shall be made by Company's general counsel,  and his determination
shall be binding  upon Company and  Employee.  The amount  determined  under the
foregoing  provisions  of this  paragraph  12 shall be payable no later than one
month after the effective  date of the Employee's  termination of employment.  A
change in control  means:  the  acquisition,  without the  approval of Company's
board of  directors,  by any person or entity,  other than Company or a "related
entity," of more than 20% of the outstanding  shares of Company's  voting common
stock through a tender offer,  exchange offer or otherwise;  the  liquidation or
dissolution  of  Company  following  a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all or
substantially  all of its assets;  a merger of consolidation  involving  Company
which results in Company not being the surviving parent corporation; or any time
during any two-year  period in which  individuals  who  constituted the board of
directors of Company at the start of such period (or whose election was approved
by at least  two-third  of the then members of the board of directors of Company
who were members at the start of the two-year period) do not constitute at least

                                       5
<PAGE>

50% of the board of directors for any reason.  A related entity is the parent, a
subsidiary  or any employee  benefit plan  (including a trust  forming a part of
such a plan) maintained by Company, its parent or a subsidiary.

     13.  Nondisclosure;  Return  of  Records.  Employee  will  not,  except  as
authorized  by  Company,  publish  or  disclose  to  others,  or use for his own
benefit, or authorize anyone else to publish or disclose or use, or copy or make
notes of any secret,  proprietary,  or confidential  information or knowledge of
data or trade secrets of or relating to the business activities of Company which
may come to Employee's  knowledge  during his employment with the Company.  Upon
termination of Employee's  employment  for any reason,  Employee will deliver to
Company,  without retaining any copies, notes or excerpts,  all records,  notes,
data,  memoranda,  and all other  documents  or  materials  made or  compiled by
Employee,  or made available to him by Company during his employment,  which are
in Employee's  possession  and/or  control and which are the property of Company
and/or which relate to  Employee's  employment  or the  business  activities  of
Company.

     14. Binding  Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of Company and any successors or assigns of Company,  and Employee,  his
heirs, personal  representatives and assigns, except that Employee's obligations
to  perform   services  and  rights  to  receive  payment   therefore  shall  be
nonassignable and nontransferable.

     15. Entire Agreement:  Modification.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement  between the parties with respect to the subject matter and supersedes
all prior or  contemporaneous  agreements not set forth in this agreement.  This
Agreement  may not be modified  other than by an agreement in writing  signed by
each of the parties.

                                       6
<PAGE>

     16.  Waiver.  Any failure by either party to enforce any  provision of this
Agreement  shall  not  operate  as a  waiver  of  such  provision  or any  other
provision.  Any waiver by either  party of any breach of any  provision  of this
Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach of such provision or
any other provision of this agreement.

     17.  Severability.  The  invalidity or  unenforceability  of any particular
provision  of this  Agreement  shall not  effect  the other  provisions  of this
Agreement,  and this  Agreement  shall be  construed  in all respects as if such
invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

     18. Paragraph  Headings.  Paragraph headings  throughout this Agreement are
solely for the  convenience  of the parties and shall not be construed as a part
of any section or as modifying the contents of any section.

     19.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed  and  construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri.

     20.  Notices.   All  notices  under  this  Agreement  shall  be  personally
delivered,  sent certified mail,  postage  prepaid,  to Company at its corporate
office and to Employee at his principal residence, or sent by telecopy.

     21.   Supplemental   Compensation.   Upon  the  termination  of  Employee's
employment  with  Company  for any  reason,  other  than due to his  breach of a
material  provision of his  employment  as described in paragraph  11,  Employee
shall be entitled to receive from Company 60 equal  monthly  payments,  with the
first such payment due on the second first day of the month after termination of
employment,  of 8.333% of his compensation from Company over the 12 month period
for which his compensation  was the greatest.  If Employee should die before all
or any part of the above described monthly payments have been made, all payments


                                       7
<PAGE>

or all remaining payments shall be made to his designated  beneficiary,  if any,
otherwise to his estate.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the aggregate  amount
payable under this paragraph 21 shall be reduced by the amount,  if any, payable
under paragraph 12.

     22. Non-Competition. During the period that Employee is entitled to receive
payments under paragraph 21, Employee shall not engage,  directly or indirectly,
either on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm,  corporation or
other entity, in any business  competitive with the business of Company,  in the
geographic  area  in  which  Company  is  conducting  business  at the  time  of
termination  of  Employee's  employment,  or own more than 5% of any such  firm,
corporation  or other entity.  In addition,  Employee must furnish  Company with
such  information  as  Company  shall  from  time to time  request  in  order to
determine that Employee is in compliance with the  requirements of the preceding
provisions of this paragraph 22. The payments to be made under  paragraph 21 are
conditioned upon Employee's  complying with the provisions of this paragraph 22,
and,  in the event that such  provisions  are not  complied  with,  Company  may
suspend  such  payments  for any  period  of time in  which  Employee  is not in
compliance with the preceding provisions of this paragraph 22.

     23.  Company.  For purposes of paragraphs 4, 13, and 22 of this  Agreement,
the Company shall mean Applied  Cellular  Technology,  Inc. and all subsidiaries
and affiliates of it.

     24. Other Matters.  For purposes of this paragraph 24, a "Triggering Event"
is a Change of Control (as defined in paragraph 12), the  termination of Richard
Sullivan's  employment for any reason other than due to his breach of a material
provision of the terms of his  employment as described in the present  paragraph
11 of Richard Sullivan's Employment Agreement,  or if Richard Sullivan ceases to


                                       8
<PAGE>

be  Company's  chairman of the board or chief  executive  officer for any reason
other  than  due to his  breach  of  material  provision  of  the  terms  of his
employment  as  described  in the  present  paragraph  11 of Richard  Sullivan's
Employment  Agreement.  Within 10 days of the occurrence of a Triggering  Event.
Company shall pay to Employee the sum of $3,525,000. Company may pay such amount
in cash or in  Company's  common  stock or in a  combination  of cash and common
stock. Common stock used in payment shall be valued at the average closing price
on the Nasdaq National Market over the last 5 business days prior to the date of
the Triggering Event.

     25.  Effect  of  Amendment.  This  amended  and  restated  agreement  shall
supersede all agreements  between the parties relating to Employee's  employment
by Company.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

                                        APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.



                                       By:  /S/ Richard J. Sullivan
                                          --------------------------------------
                                       Title: Chief Executive Officer

                                       "Company"


                                         /S/ Garrett A. Sullivan
                                        --------------------------------------
                                        Garrett A. Sullivan

                                        "Employee"







                                       9



                                                                    Exhibit 10.6


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT  ("Agreement") made and entered into this 23rd day of March,
1999, by and between APPLIED CELLULAR  TECHNOLOGY,  INC., a Missouri corporation
("Company") and DAVID A. LOPPERT ("Employee").

                                   BACKGROUND

     Employee  has  been  and  presently  is  employed  by  Company  as its vice
president and chief  financial  officer.  The parties have entered into a formal
employment  agreement  covering  the terms and  conditions  of such  employment.
Subsequently,  the parties reached a tentative agreement regarding some, but not
all, of the terms and conditions of a revised employment agreement.  The parties
have now reached an  agreement on all of the terms and  conditions  of a revised
employment  agreement  and desire to set forth in this  document  such terms and
conditions.

                              TERMS AND CONDITIONS

     1. Employment. Company hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts
such employment by Company, on the terms and conditions set forth below.

     2.  Capacity.  Employee  shall serve as Company's  vice president and chief
financial  officer.  Employee  shall  perform such  services for Company and its
subsidiaries  and affiliates as Company's  board of directors  shall direct from
time to time.  However,  no such  services  shall be of a nature  which  are not
commensurate with, and/or are beneath the dignity of, Employee's title.


<PAGE>

     3. Term. Company's employment of Employee under this Agreement shall be for
an initial term of five years commencing on June 19, 1998 and ending on June 18,
2003. The term of Employee's employment under this Agreement shall automatically
be renewed for successive  additional one year terms on each  anniversary of the
commencement of Employee's  employment under this Agreement,  beginning with the
June 19, 1999 anniversary date, each of which terms shall be added at the end of
the then existing term (taking into account any prior  extensions or failures to
extend),  unless  either  party  notifies the other at least 30 days prior to an
anniversary  date of this Agreement.  For example,  unless either party notifies
the other to the contrary on or before May 20, 1999,  the term of this Agreement
shall be extended from June 19, 2003 to June 18, 2004. For further example,  and
assuming the term of this  Agreement  has been extended to June 18, 2004, if one
party  notifies  the other  that it does not  desire to extend  the term of this
Agreement for an  additional  year and such notice is given on or before May 20,
2000,  the term of this  Agreement  shall not be extended  from June 19, 2004 to
June 18, 2005. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term of this Agreement may end
prior to the termination  date determined  under this paragraph 3 as provided in
paragraphs 9, 10, 11 and 12.

     4. Service While Employed.  Employee agrees to devote his best efforts, his
full  diligence  and  substantially  all  of his  business  time  to his  duties
hereunder and shall not engage,  either directly or indirectly,  in any business
or other activity  which is competitive  with or adverse to the interests or the
business of Company.

     5. Items Furnished and Relocation. Company shall furnish Employee with such
private office, secretarial assistance, and such other facilities, equipment and

                                       2

<PAGE>

services  suitable to his position and adequate to perform his duties hereunder.
Employee shall not be relocated by Company without his consent. 

     6. Compensation,  Vacations and Reimbursement.  As partial compensation for
his  services to Company,  Company  agrees to pay  Employee an annual  salary in
regular monthly or other more frequent installments at the rate of not less than
$150,000.  In  addition,  Employee  shall be entitled to receive  such  bonuses,
incentive  compensation,  and other compensation,  if any, as Company's board of
directors,  executive  committee,  compensation  committee,  or other designated
committee shall award Employee from time to time whether in cash, Company stock,
stock options,  other stock based compensation,  other form of remuneration,  or
any  combination of the  foregoing.  All such  compensation  shall be subject to
legally  required  income and  employment  tax  withholding.  Employee  shall be
entitled  to  paid  vacations  and  reimbursement  for all  reasonable  business
expenses in accordance with Company's policies for executive officers.  

     7. Other Benefits. In addition to his compensation described in paragraph 6
above,  Employee shall be entitled to participate in such bonus, profit sharing,
deferred compensation and pension plans of Company for which he is eligible.

     8. Welfare and Fringe Benefits.  In addition to his compensation  described
in paragraph 6 and the benefits  described in paragraph 7 above,  Employee shall
be  entitled  to  participate  in such  welfare  and fringe  benefits  plans and
programs of the Company for which he is eligible.

     9.  Death  and  Disability.  If  Employee  dies  during  the  term  of this
Agreement, his employment shall be deemed to have been terminated as of the last
day of the month in which his death  occurs,  and Company will pay to Employee's

                                       3

<PAGE>

personal  representative  all salary and other compensation due Employee through
the end of such  month.  If  Employee  becomes  permanently  disabled so that he
cannot perform his duties hereunder, as determined by a physician selected by or
acceptable to Company, his employment shall be deemed to have been terminated as
of the last day of the month in which such  determination  is made,  and he will
receive his salary and other compensation through the end of such month.

     10.  Retirement.  From and after the time  Employee  attains age 65, he may
retire  at any  time by  notifying  Company  at  least  120  days  prior  to his
retirement date or be retired by Company upon at least two years notice.

     11.  Default.  In the event that  either  party  fails to perform  material
provision  of this  Agreement  and  such  failure  continues  for 15 days  after
notification from the nonbreaching  party, the nonbreaching  party may terminate
this  Agreement by notice to the  breaching  party.  Such  termination  shall be
without  prejudice to any rights or remedies  which the  nonbreaching  party may
have.

     12.  Change  in  Control.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  this
Agreement,  should a "change of control" occur, Employee, at his sole option and
discretion, may terminate his employment under this Agreement at any time within
one year after such change of control upon 15 days notice.  In the event of such
termination,  Company  shall pay to  Employee a  severance  payment  ("Severance
Payment") equal to three times the base amount as defined in Section  280G(b)(3)
of the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  ("Code")  minus  $1.00.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  (a) if the  Severance  Payment  and any  other
amounts payable by Company to Employee are parachute payments under Code Section

                                       4

<PAGE>

280b  (collectively,  "Parachute  Payments") and, (b), if reducing the Severance
Payment would eliminate the tax provided for in Code Section 4999 ("Section 4999
Tax") which would otherwise be applicable to the Parachute Payments, and (c) if,
because of such  elimination,  the net amount of the Parachute  Payments  (total
payments  minus Section 4999 Tax) would be greater than such net amount  without
reduction,  then the Severance  Payment shall be reduced by the smallest  amount
required to eliminate  the  imposition  of the Section  4999 Tax. The  foregoing
determination shall be made by Company's general counsel,  and his determination
shall be binding  upon Company and  Employee.  The amount  determined  under the
foregoing  provisions  of this  paragraph  12 shall be payable no later than one
month after the effective  date of the Employee's  termination of employment.  A
change in control  means:  the  acquisition,  without the  approval of Company's
board of  directors,  by any person or entity,  other than Company or a "related
entity," of more than 20% of the outstanding  shares of Company's  voting common
stock through a tender offer,  exchange offer or otherwise;  the  liquidation or
dissolution  of  Company  following  a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  all or
substantially  all of its assets;  a merger of consolidation  involving  Company
which results in Company not being the surviving parent corporation; or any time
during any two-year  period in which  individuals  who  constituted the board of
directors of Company at the start of such period (or whose election was approved
by at least  two-third  of the then members of the board of directors of Company
who were members at the start of the two-year period) do not constitute at least
50% of the board of directors for any reason.  A related entity is the parent, a
subsidiary  or any employee  benefit plan  (including a trust  forming a part of
such a plan) maintained by Company, its parent or a subsidiary.


                                       5

<PAGE>

     13.  Nondisclosure;  Return  of  Records.  Employee  will  not,  except  as
authorized  by  Company,  publish  or  disclose  to  others,  or use for his own
benefit, or authorize anyone else to publish or disclose or use, or copy or make
notes of any secret,  proprietary,  or confidential  information or knowledge of
data or trade secrets of or relating to the business activities of Company which
may come to Employee's  knowledge  during his employment with the Company.  Upon
termination of Employee's  employment  for any reason,  Employee will deliver to
Company,  without retaining any copies, notes or excerpts,  all records,  notes,
data,  memoranda,  and all other  documents  or  materials  made or  compiled by
Employee,  or made available to him by Company during his employment,  which are
in Employee's  possession  and/or  control and which are the property of Company
and/or which relate to  Employee's  employment  or the  business  activities  of
Company.

     14. Binding  Effect.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of Company and any successors or assigns of Company,  and Employee,  his
heirs, personal  representatives and assigns, except that Employee's obligations
to  perform   services  and  rights  to  receive  payment   therefore  shall  be
nonassignable and nontransferable.

     15. Entire Agreement:  Modification.  This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement  between the parties with respect to the subject matter and supersedes
all prior or  contemporaneous  agreements not set forth in this agreement.  This
Agreement  may not be modified  other than by an agreement in writing  signed by
each of the parties.

     16.  Waiver.  Any failure by either party to enforce any  provision of this
Agreement  shall  not  operate  as a  waiver  of  such  provision  or any  other
provision.  Any waiver by either  party of any breach of any  provision  of this

                                       6

<PAGE>

Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach of such provision or
any other provision of this agreement.

     17.  Severability.  The  invalidity or  unenforceability  of any particular
provision  of this  Agreement  shall not  effect  the other  provisions  of this
Agreement,  and this  Agreement  shall be  construed  in all respects as if such
invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

     18. Paragraph  Headings.  Paragraph headings  throughout this Agreement are
solely for the  convenience  of the parties and shall not be construed as a part
of any section or as modifying the contents of any section.

     19.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed  and  construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri.

     20.  Notices.   All  notices  under  this  Agreement  shall  be  personally
delivered,  sent certified mail,  postage  prepaid,  to Company at its corporate
office and to Employee at his principal residence, or sent by telecopy.

     21.   Supplemental   Compensation.   Upon  the  termination  of  Employee's
employment  with  Company  for any  reason,  other  than due to his  breach of a
material  provision of his  employment  as described in paragraph  11,  Employee
shall be entitled to receive from Company 60 equal  monthly  payments,  with the
first such payment due on the second first day of the month after termination of
employment,  of 8.333% of his compensation from Company over the 12 month period
for which his compensation  was the greatest.  If Employee should die before all
or any part of the above described monthly payments have been made, all payments
or all remaining payments shall be made to his designated  beneficiary,  if any,

                                       7

<PAGE>

otherwise to his estate.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the aggregate  amount
payable under this paragraph 21 shall be reduced by the amount,  if any, payable
under paragraph 12.

     22. Non-Competition. During the period that Employee is entitled to receive
payments under paragraph 21, Employee shall not engage,  directly or indirectly,
either on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person, firm,  corporation or
other entity, in any business  competitive with the business of Company,  in the
geographic  area  in  which  Company  is  conducting  business  at the  time  of
termination  of  Employee's  employment,  or own more than 5% of any such  firm,
corporation  or other entity.  In addition,  Employee must furnish  Company with
such  information  as  Company  shall  from  time to time  request  in  order to
determine that Employee is in compliance with the  requirements of the preceding
provisions of this paragraph 22. The payments to be made under  paragraph 21 are
conditioned upon Employee's  complying with the provisions of this paragraph 22,
and,  in the event that such  provisions  are not  complied  with,  Company  may
suspend  such  payments  for any  period  of time in  which  Employee  is not in
compliance with the preceding provisions of this paragraph 22.

     23.  Company.  For purposes of paragraphs 4, 13, and 22 of this  Agreement,
the Company shall mean Applied  Cellular  Technology,  Inc. and all subsidiaries
and affiliates of it.

     24. Relocation Reimbursement. The Company has moved its corporate office to
Palm Beach,  Florida and desires Employee to relocate to the Palm Beach, Florida
area as soon as feasible.  Employee  has agreed to so relocate,  and the Company
has agreed to reimburse Employee for the following  additional  reasonable costs
on a "grossed up" basis:  

          (a) Employee's direct relocation expenses;

                                       8

<PAGE>

          (b) the  closing  costs  and  loan  points  incurred  by  Employee  in
     purchasing a new residence in the Palm Beach area;

          (c) the broker's commission on the sale of Employee's residence in St.
     Louis County,  Missouri  plus $10,000 (the  difference  between  Employee's
     final asking price for the residence and the buyer's final offer);

          (d) the cost of private  schools for  Employee's  children in the Palm
     Beach area for no more than 3 school years but not in excess of $15,000 for
     any school year, and;

          (e)  Employee's  relocation  expenses  from the Palm Beach area if his
     employment  is  terminated  by the  Corporation  prior to November 30, 1999
     other than pursuant to paragraph 11.

     For purposes of the  foregoing  provisions,  reimbursement  on a grossed up
basis means reimbursement that covers the federal or state income taxes, if any,
which  would  not have  been  incurred  by  Employee  if the  expenditure  to be
reimbursed  had not  been  made and no  reimbursement  had  been  received.  For
example,  if the  amount to be  reimbursed  is  $10,000,  and no  portion of the
expenditure  to be  reimbursed  is  deductible  by Employee for federal or state
income tax purposes and all of the  reimbursement  is  includible  in Employee's
gross income for federal and state income tax purposes,  and Employee's combined
federal  and state  marginal  income tax rate is 40%,  the  grossed up amount is
$16,667  ($16,667 - .4 (16,667) =  $10,000).  For  further  example,  if, in the
preceding  example,  all of the expenditure to be reimbursed is fully deductible
by Employee, the grossed up amount is $10,000.

                                       9

<PAGE>

     25.  Effect  of  Amendment.  This  amended  and  restated  agreement  shall
supersede all agreements  between the parties relating to Employee's  employment
by Company.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

                                       APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.


                                       By: /S/ Richard J. Sullivan
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Title: Chief Executive Officer

                                       "Company"


                                         /S/ David A. Loppert
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       David A. Loppert

                                       "Employee"







  

                                     10



                                                                    Exhibit 10.7

                      EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT

         This Employment and Non-Compete Agreement  ("Employment  Agreement") is
made this 1st day of February,  1999 by and between Applied Cellular Technology,
Inc., a Missouri  corporation,  with its principal  office  located at 400 Royal
Palm Way, Suite 410, Palm Beach,  Florida 33480 ("Employer") and Scott Silverman
("Employee").

         WHEREAS, Employer is a builder of infrastructure services and solutions
for the communications industry; and

         WHEREAS, Employer desires to retain the services of the Employee; and

         WHEREAS, Employee is willing to be employed by Employer.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
covenants  and  agreements  contained  herein  and for other  good and  valuable
consideration,  the  receipt,  adequacy  and  sufficiency  of which  are  hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Term of Employment. Subject to the provisions of Section 5 of this Employment
Agreement,  Employer  hereby agrees to employ Employee for a period of three (3)
years (the "Employment Term") commencing as of February 1, 1999.

2.  Office and Duties.

         (a) During the Employment Term,  Employee shall serve as an Senior Vice
President-Business  Development and Law of Employer. In such position,  Employee
shall have such duties and authority as shall be determined from time to time by
the President or his designee. During the Employment Term, Employee's employment
by Employer shall be Employee's exclusive full time employment.

         (b) During the Employment Term,  Employee shall devote his best efforts
to  performance  of his duties  hereunder  and shall not directly or  indirectly
engage in any other  business,  profession or  occupation  for  compensation  or
otherwise  which would  conflict with the  limitation of such duties without the
prior written  consent of the Board of Directors  (the  "Board"),  which consent
shall not reasonably be withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 3.  Compensation  of Employee.  As  compensation  for the services  provided by
Employee under this Employment Agreement, Employer will pay Employee Two Hundred
and  Forty   Thousand   Dollars   ($240,000.00)   on  an  annual   basis  ("Base
Compensation")  for the first year of this  Employment  Agreement in  accordance
with Employer's usual payroll procedures. In each year thereafter Employee shall
receive  annual  increases  of ten percent  (10%) in his then Base  Compensation
provided that at the time of each  anniversary  date Employee  remains an active
Employee.  Also,  in  addition  to such  Base  Compensation,  Employee  shall be
eligible to receive a "Bonus".  The amount of such Bonus shall be based upon the
Employer's  financial  performance and mutually agreed upon performance goals of
Employee.  The maximum  amount of Bonus  Employee may earn in each year is forty
percent (40%) of Employee's  Base  Compensation  in the previous year.  Employee
will also receive a $500.00/ month car allowance.


<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 2

From time to time,  Employer may develop and  implement  separate  incentive and
stock option plans, for which Employee, if appropriate, may also be eligible.

The  Employee  shall also be entitled  to  participate  in any and all  employee
benefit plans, medical insurance plans, life insurance plans,  disability income
plans,  and other benefit  plans,  from time to time, in effect for employees of
Employer.  Such  participation  shall be subject to the terms of the  applicable
plan documents, generally applicable Employer policies and the discretion of the
Board or any  administrative or other committee provided for in, or contemplated
by,  such plan,  except any  waiting  periods  shall be waived if such waiver is
allowable  under  such  plan and  would not  prejudice  the  rights of any other
participant.  In addition,  the Employee  shall be entitled to receive  benefits
which are the same or  substantially  similar to those which are currently being
provided to the other employees of Employer.

4.  Reimbursement  for  Expenses.  In accordance  with  Employer's  policy,  the
Employee will be reimbursed for all  "out-of-pocket"  and other direct  business
expenses  (exclusive  of commuting  costs),  upon  presentation  of  appropriate
receipts and documentation.

5.  Termination.

         (a) For Cause by Employer.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Employment  Agreement,  Employee's  employment  hereunder  may be  terminated by
Employer  at any time for Cause.  For  purposes  of this  Employment  Agreement,
"Cause" shall mean (i) Employee's  willful and continued  failure to perform the
requirements of his duties hereunder (other than as a result of total or partial
incapacity  due to  physical  or mental  illness)  for thirty  (30) days after a
written   demand  is  delivered  to  Employee  on  behalf  of  Employer,   which
specifically  identifies the manner in which it is alleged that Employee has not
substantially   performed  his  duties,   (ii)  Employee's   dishonesty  in  the
performance  of his duties  hereunder,  (iii) an act or acts on Employee's  part
involving  moral turpitude or constituting a felony under the laws of the United
States or any state  thereof,  (iv) any other act or omission  which  materially
injures the financial condition or business reputation of Employer or any of its
subsidiaries or affiliates, or (v) Employee's material breach of his obligations
under Section 6 and 8 hereof.

         (b)  Permanent   Disability.   For  the  purposes  of  this  Employment
Agreement,  the term "permanent  disability" shall mean the Employee's inability
to  perform  his  duties as  prescribed  in this  Employment  Agreement,  which,
following  a  written  request  by either  Employer  or the  Employee,  shall be
determined  by  agreement  between the parties and, if they cannot  agree,  by a
panel of three (3) physicians,  one of whom will be selected by Employer, one by
the Employee  and the third by the first two so selected.  Said panel shall also
fix the date of the  occurrence  of the  "permanent  disability."  Said  panel's
determination shall be conclusive.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set
forth herein,  the Employee shall be presumed to be permanently  disabled,  thus

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 3


terminating this Employment  Agreement,  as of the date he is receiving payments
for permanent  disability under any disability  insurance  policies or under the
Social Security Act.

         (c)  Temporary  Disability.  If  due to  physical  or  mental  illness,
disability  or injury,  the  Employee  shall be  disabled  so as to be unable to
perform  substantially  all of his duties and  responsibilities  hereunder,  the
Board may designate another person to act in his place during the period of such
disability. Notwithstanding any such designation, the Employee shall continue to
receive  his  full  salary  and  benefits  under  Section  3 of this  Employment
Agreement  until he  becomes  eligible  for  disability  income  under  Employer
disability  income plan. In the absence of a disability  income plan at the time
of such disability,  Employer shall pay the Employee benefits equal to those the
Employee would have received if Employer's  current  disability income plan were
in effect at such time; provided however, that Employer's  obligations hereunder
shall cease twelve (12) months from the onset of such disability.

         (d) Death.  Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate immediately
in the event of the Employee's death. If Employee's  employment is terminated by
the death of  Employee,  Employer  shall pay to  Employee's  estate or his legal
representative all amounts due through the date of Employee's death. The payment
to  Employee of any other  benefits  following  the  termination  of  Employee's
employment  pursuant to this  Section 5(d) shall be  determined  by the Board in
accordance with the plans, policies and practices of Employer.

         (e) Without Cause by Employer.  The Employee's employment hereunder may
be terminated by Employer at any time without Cause. If Employee's employment is
terminated  by Employer  without  Cause (other than by reason of  disability  or
death),  Employer shall continue to pay Employee the compensation to which he is
entitled  pursuant to Section 3 hereof for the balance of the Employment Term as
if such  termination  had not  occurred.  The  payment to  Employee of any other
benefits  following the  termination of Employee's  employment  pursuant to this
Section  5(e) shall be  determined  by the Board in  accordance  with the plans,
policies and practices of Employer.

         (f)  Termination by Employee.  Employee's  employment  hereunder may be
terminated  by  Employee  at any time upon not less than  sixty  (60) days prior
written notice from Employee to Employer.  If Employee terminates his employment
with  Employer  pursuant to this Section 5(f),  Employer  shall pay Employee any
amounts due through the date of termination.

         (g) Notice of Termination.  Any purported  termination of employment by
Employer or by Employee shall be communicated by written "Notice of Termination"
to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 15 hereof.  For purposes of
this  Employment  Agreement,  a Notice of Termination  shall mean a notice which
shall indicate the specific  termination  provision in this Employment Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 4


claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment  under the provision so
indicated.

6.  Non-Competition.

         (a) Employee  acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature
of the  businesses of Employer and its affiliates  and  accordingly  agrees that
during the period  commencing on the date hereof and continuing  until the later
of (i) the date that Employee ceases to receive  payments  pursuant to Section 5
of  this  Employment  Agreement  or (ii)  one  (1)  year  from  the  date of the
termination of Employee's employment:

              (i) Employee will not engage in any activity  which is competitive
with any business now, or at any time during the Employment  Term,  conducted by
Employer,  its  subsidiaries or its  affiliates,  including  without  limitation
becoming an employee,  investor (except for passive investments of not more than
one  percent   (1%)  of  the   outstanding   shares  of,  or  any  other  equity
over-the-counter  securities market), officer, agent, partner or director of, or
other  participant  in, any firm,  person or other entity in any geographic area
which either directly competes with a line or lines of business of Employer, its
subsidiaries or its affiliates. Notwithstanding any provision of this Employment
Agreement to the  contrary,  upon the  occurrence  of any breach of this Section
6(a)(i), if Employee is employed by Employer, Employer may immediately terminate
the employment of Employee for Cause in accordance with the provisions contained
in Sections 5 and 15, whether or not Employee is employed by Employer,  Employer
shall  immediately  cease to have any  obligations  to make payments to Employee
under this Employment Agreement.

              (ii)  Employee  will not directly or  indirectly  assist others in
engaging in any of the  activities in which  Employee is prohibited to engage by
clause (i) above.

              (iii)  Employee  will not  directly or  indirectly  (A) induce any
employee  of  Employer,  its  subsidiaries  or its  affiliates  to engage in any
activity in which Employee is prohibited from engaging by clause (i) above or to
terminate his employment with Employer,  its subsidiaries or its affiliates,  or
(B) employ or offer  employment to any person who was employed by Employer,  its
subsidiaries  or its  affiliates  unless  such  person  shall have  ceased to be
employed by Employer,  its  subsidiaries  or its  affiliates  for a period of at
least twelve (12) months.

         (b) It is expressly  understood  and agreed that (i) although  Employee
and  Employer  consider  the  restrictions  contained  in this  Section  6 to be
reasonable,  if a final judicial  determination  is made by a court of competent
jurisdiction  that the time or territory or any other  restriction  contained in
this Employment Agreement is unenforceable,  this Employment Agreement shall not
be rendered  void but rather shall be deemed to be  enforceable  to such maximum
extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable, and
(ii) if any restriction  contained in this Employment Agreement is determined to
be  unenforceable  and  such  restriction  cannot  be  amended  so as to make it
enforceable,  such  finding  shall not affect the  enforceability  of any of the
other restrictions contained herein.

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 5


7.  Resignation  as  Officer  and/or  Director.  In the  event  that  Employee's
employment is terminated for any reason  whatsoever,  the Employee agrees to, as
the case may be, resign immediately as an officer and/or director of Employer.

8.  Confidentiality.  Employee will not at any time (whether during or after his
employment with Employer) disclose or use for his own benefit or purposes or the
benefit or purposes  of any other  person,  firm,  partnership,  joint  venture,
association,  corporation or other organization, entity or enterprise other than
Employer  and  any  of  its   subsidiaries  or  affiliates,   any   Confidential
Information.  As used herein, the term "Confidential Information" shall mean any
trade secrets,  information,  data, or other confidential information (excluding
information  which is not unique to Employer or which is generally  known to the
industry or development programs, costs, marketing,  trading,  investment, sales
activities,  promotion,  credit processes,  formulas, data, software,  drawings,
specifications,  source and object  code,  financial  and  pricing  information,
marketing  information,  and business and development  plans or the business and
affairs of Employer  generally,  or of any  subsidiary or affiliate of Employer.
Employee  agrees that upon  termination of his employment  with Employer for any
reason,  he will return to Employer  immediately all copies of any  Confidential
Information,  together with any memoranda,  books, papers,  plans,  information,
letters and other data, and all copies thereof or therefrom, in any way relating
to the business of Employer, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, except that he
may retain personal notes,  notebooks and diaries.  Employee further agrees that
he will not retain or use for his account at any time any trade name,  trademark
or other proprietary  business  designation used or owned in connection with the
business of Employer, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

9.  Specific  Performance.  Employee  acknowledges  and agrees  that  Employer's
remedies at law for a breach or  threatened  breach of any of the  provisions of
Section 6 or Section 8 would be  inadequate  and, in  recognition  of this fact,
Employee  agrees that,  in the event of such a breach or threatened  breach,  in
addition to any remedies at law,  Employer  without  posting any bond,  shall be
entitled  to  obtain  equitable  relief  in the  form of  specific  performance,
temporary  restraining orders,  temporary or permanent  injunctions or any other
equitable remedy which may then be available.

10. Vacation.  The Employee shall be entitled to ten (10) days of paid vacation.
Such  vacation  shall be taken at a time  mutually  convenient  to Employer  and
Employee. Vacation days may not be accumulated.

11. Sick Days/Personal Business. The Employee shall be entitled to five (5) paid
sick or  personal  days off due to illness  or  personal  business  each year of
employment beginning on the first day of the Employee's employment.

12. Holidays. The Employee shall be entitled to the standard company holidays.

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 6


13. Restriction on Authority of Employee.  Notwithstanding anything set forth in
this Employment Agreement to the contrary,  the Employee,  in the performance of
his duties  hereunder,  shall not take any of the following  actions without the
written consent of the Board:

    a. Enter into negotiations or execute documents that would materially affect
the existing debt and/or structure  or alter,  modify  or  change  any   banking
relations.

14. Representations and Warranties.  The Employee hereby represents and warrants
that he is free to enter this  Employment  Agreement  and to render his services
pursuant  hereto and that neither the execution and delivery of this  Employment
Agreement, nor the performance of his duties hereunder,  violates the provisions
of any other agreement to which he is a party or by which he is bound.

15. Notices.  All notices required or permitted under this Employment  Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed  delivered  when  delivered in person or
deposited in the United States mail, postage paid, addressed as follows:

              Employer:     Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.
                            400 Royal Palm Way, Suite 410
                            Palm Beach, Florida 33480

              Employee:     Scott Silverman
                            955 Gardenia Drive
                            Delray Beach, Florida 33483

         Such  addresses  may be  changed  from time to time by either  party by
providing written notice in the manner set forth above.

16.  Entire Agreement. This Employment Agreement contains the  entire  agreement
of the  parties  and  there are no other  promises  or  conditions  in any other
agreement,  whether oral or written.  This Employment  Agreement  supersedes any
prior written or oral agreements between the parties.

17.  Expenses. Each party shall pay its own expenses incident to the performance
or enforcement of this Employment Agreement,  including all fees and expenses of
its counsel  for all  activities  of such  counsel  undertaken  pursuant to this
Employment Agreement, except as otherwise herein specifically provided.

18.  Waivers and Further  Agreements.  Any waiver of any terms or  conditions of
this  Employment  Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach of
such terms or conditions  or any other term or condition,  nor shall any failure
to enforce any provision  hereof operate as a waiver of such provision or of any

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 7


other provision hereof;  provided,  however, that no such written waiver, unless
it, by its own terms, explicitly provides to the contrary, shall be construed to
effect a continuing  waiver of the provision  being waived and no such waiver in
any instance  shall  constitute a waiver in any other  instance or for any other
purpose or impair the right of the party  against whom such waiver is claimed in
all other  instances or for all other purposes to require full  compliance  with
such  provision.  Each of the parties  hereto agrees to execute all such further
instruments and documents and to take all such further action as the other party
may  reasonably  require in order to  effectuate  the terms and purposes of this
Employment Agreement.

19.  Amendments.  This  Employment  Agreement may not be amended,  nor shall any
waiver,  change,  modification,  consent or discharge  be effected  except by an
instrument  in  writing  executed  by or on  behalf of the  party  against  whom
enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, consent or discharge is sought.

20.  Severability.  If  any provision of this Employment Agreement shall be held
or deemed to be, or shall in fact be, invalid,  inoperative or  unenforceable as
applied to any particular case in any jurisdiction or  jurisdictions,  or in all
jurisdictions or in all cases, because of the conflict of any provision with any
constitution  or statute or rule of public policy or for any other reason,  such
circumstance  shall not have the effect of rendering the provision or provisions
in question invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable in any other  jurisdiction or
in any  other  case or  circumstance  or of  rendering  any other  provision  or
provisions herein contained invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable to the extent
that such other  provisions  are not  themselves  actually in conflict with such
constitution,  statute or rule of public policy,  but this Employment  Agreement
shall be reformed  and  construed  in any such  jurisdiction  or case as if such
invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein
and such provision reformed so that it would be valid, operative and enforceable
to the maximum extent permitted in such jurisdiction or in such case.

21.  Counterparts.  This  Employment  Agreement  may be  executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together  shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument,  and in  pleading  or
proving any provision of this Employment Agreement, it shall not be necessary to
produce more than one of such counterparts.

22. Section Headings.  The headings  contained in this Employment  Agreement are
for  reference  purposes  only and shall not in any way  affect  the  meaning or
interpretation of this Employment Agreement.

23. Gender.  Whenever used herein, the singular number shall include the plural,
the plural shall include the  singular,  and the use of any gender shall include
all genders.

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 8



24. Governing Law. This Employment  Agreement shall be governed by and construed
and enforced in accordance  with the law (other than the law governing  conflict
of law questions) of the State of Florida.

25. The parties have executed this  Employment  Agreement the day and year first
above written.


                                        EMPLOYER


                                        By: /S/ Garrett A. Sullivan
                                           ____________________________________
                                           Its Duly Authorized President,
                                           Garrett A. Sullivan

                                       EMPLOYEE


______________________                  By:  /S/ Scott Silverman
                                            ____________________________________
Witness                                     Scott Silverman





                                                                    Exhibit 10.8


                      EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT


This Employment and Non-Compete Agreement ("Employment  Agreement") is made this
5th day of November,  1998 by and between  Applied  Cellular  Technology,  Inc a
Missouri  corporation,  with its principal  office located at 400 Royal Palm Way
Suite  400,  Palm  Beach,  Florida  (the  "Employer")  and Andrew  Hidalgo  (the
"Employee").

     WHEREAS,  Employer  is in the  business  of the  building  and  selling  of
communication systems; and

     WHEREAS, Employer desires to retain the services of the Employee; and

     WHEREAS, Employee is willing to be employed by the Employer.

     WHEREAS,  the parties wish to replace and supercede the current  Employment
Agreement by and between the Employee and Alacrity Systems Incorporated.

NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the
parties agree as follows:

1.  Capacity.  Employee  shall  serve  the  Employer  as its Vice  President  of
Strategic Relations.

2.  Best Efforts of  Employee.  During his  employment  hereunder,  the Employee
shall,  subject to the direction and  supervision  of the President and Board of
Directors, devote his full business time, best efforts, business judgment, skill
and  knowledge  to  the  advancement  of  the  Employer's  interests  and to the
discharge  of his duties and  responsibilities  hereunder.  Such duties shall be
provided  at  Downingtown,  Pennsylvania  and other  such  places as the  needs,
business or  opportunities  of the Employer  may require  from time to time.  He
shall not engage in any other  business  activity,  except as may be approved by
the  Board  of  Directors;  provided,  however,  that  nothing  herein  shall be
construed as preventing the Employee from:

     a.  investing  his assets in a manner  which shall not require any material
services  on his part in the  operations  or affairs of the  companies  or other
entities in which such investments are made;

     b. serving on the Board of  Directors of any company,  provided he receives
the approval in writing from the Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors,
and  further  provided  that he shall not be  required  to render  any  material
services with respect to the operations or affairs of any such company; or

     c.  engaging in  religious,  charitable  or other  community or  non-profit
activities  which  does not  impair  his  ability  to  fulfill  his  duties  and
responsibilities under this Employment Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                            EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT
                                                                  ANDREW HIDALGO
                                                                          Page 2


3.  Compensation  of Employee.  As  compensation  for the  services  provided by
Employee  under this  Paragraph,  Employer will pay Employee an annual salary of
one  hundred  twenty  thousand  dollars  ($120,000.00)  in  accordance  with the
Employer's usual payroll  procedures.  Separate incentive and stock option plans
will be developed by the Employer,  together with key management, and that these
plans will reflect company goals and performance objectives.

     The Employee  shall also be entitled to participate in any and all employee
benefit plans, medical insurance plans, life insurance plans,  disability income
plans and other benefit  plans,  from time to time, in effect for  executives of
the Employer. Such participation shall be subject to the terms of the applicable
plan documents,  generally applicable Company policies and the discretion of the
Board of Directors or any  administrative or other committee provided for in, or
contemplated  by, such plan.  In  addition,  the  Employee  shall be entitled to
receive benefits which are the same or substantially  similar to those which are
currently being provided to the other Executives by the Employer.

     In  addition  to the above  compensation,  Employee  shall be  eligible  to
receive a bonus in the amount of thirty thousand dollars ($30,000.00) based upon
the  achievement  of those revenue  objectives  and  parameters  assigned by the
President in each year of this Employment  Agreement.  Such bonus, if any, shall
be payable within a reasonable  period of time after the completion of the audit
for the calendar year.


4.  Termination  of  Employment.  Upon termination of this Employment Agreement,
any and all payments  and/or  obligations  under Section 3, and as accrued under
Section 7, of this Employment Agreement shall cease; provided, however, that the
Employee  shall be  entitled to payments  for  periods or partial  periods  that
occurred prior to the date of termination and for which the Employee has not yet
been paid.

5.  Reimbursement for Expenses.  In accordance with the Employer's  policy,  the
Employee will be reimbursed for all  "out-of-pocket"  and other direct  business
expenses  (exclusive of daily  commuting  costs to principal place of business),
upon presentation of appropriate receipts and documentation.

6.  Confidentiality.  Employee  recognizes  that the  Employer has and will have
inventions,  business affairs,  products,  future plans, trade secrets, customer
lists and other  vital  information  (collectively  "Confidential  Information")
which are  valuable,  special and unique  assets of the  Employer.  The Employee
agrees  that he  will  not at any  time or in any  manner,  either  directly  or
indirectly,  divulge,  disclose or  communicate  in any manner any  Confidential
Information  to any  third  party  without  the  prior  written  consent  of the
Employer. The Employee will protect the Confidential Information and treat it as
strictly confidential.

     In the  event  of a  breach,  or  threatened  breach,  by  Employee  of his
obligations  under  this  Paragraph,   the  Employee  hereby   acknowledges  and

<PAGE>

                                            EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT
                                                                  ANDREW HIDALGO
                                                                          Page 3


stipulates  that the Employer  shall not have an adequate  remedy at law,  shall
suffer irreparable harm and, therefore,  it is mutually agreed and stipulated by
the parties  hereto that, in addition to any other  remedies at law or in equity
which  Employer may have, the Employer shall be entitled to obtain in a court of
law and/or equity (i) a temporary and/or permanent injunction from disclosing in
whole or in part  such  Confidential  Information  or (ii)  from  providing  any
services to any party to whom such Confidential  Information has been disclosed,
or may be disclosed.  Employer  shall not be prohibited by this  Paragraph  from
pursuing other remedies, including a claim for losses and damages.


7. Vacation. The Employee shall continue to be entitled to two (2) weeks of paid
vacation. Such vacation shall be taken at a time mutually convenient to Employer
and  Employee.  Unused  vacation may be carried over into the next calendar year
only.

8. Sick Days/Personal  Business. The Employee shall be entitled to ten (10) paid
sick or  personal  days off due to illness  or  personal  business  each year of
employment beginning on the first day of the Employee's employment.

9.  Holidays. The Employee  shall be  entitled to the standard company holidays.

10. Term.  This  Employment  Agreement  shall have an initial term of three (3)
years,  beginning  at the  commencement  date  so  indicated  at the end of this
Employment Agreement.

11. Termination.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 10, the Employee's
employment hereunder shall terminate under the following circumstances:

     a. Death or  Permanent  Disability.  In the event of the  Employee's  death
during the Employee's  employment  hereunder,  the Employee's  employment  shall
terminate on the date of his death or Permanent Disability (as defined below).

     Permanent Disability.  For the purposes of this Employment  Agreement,  the
term "permanent  disability" shall mean the Employee's  inability to perform the
essential  functions of his duties as prescribed in this  Employment  Agreement,
which, following a written request by either the Employer or the Employee, shall
be determined by agreement  between the parties and, if they cannot agree,  by a
panel of three (3) physicians, one of whom will be selected by the Employer, one
by the  Employee  and the third by the first two so  selected.  Said panel shall
also fix the date of the  occurrence of the permanent  disability.  Said panel's
determination shall be conclusive.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set
forth herein,  the Employee shall be presumed to be  permanently  disabled as of
the date he is receiving payments for permanent  disability under any disability
insurance policies or under the Social Security Act.

     b. Temporary Disability. If, due to physical or mental illness,  disability
or  injury,  the  Employee  shall be  disabled  so as to be  unable  to  perform
substantially all of his essential duties and  responsibilities  hereunder,  the
Board of Directors may designate  another  person to act in his place during the

<PAGE>

                                            EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT
                                                                  ANDREW HIDALGO
                                                                          Page 4


period of such disability.  Notwithstanding  any such designation,  the Employee
shall continue to receive his full salary and benefits under Paragraph 3 of this
Agreement  until he becomes  eligible for  disability  income under the Employer
disability  income plan. In the absence of a disability  income plan at the time
of such disability,  the Employer shall pay the Employee benefits equal to those
the Employee would have received if the  Employer's  current  disability  income
plan  were in  effect  at such  time;  provided  however,  that  the  Employer's
obligations  hereunder  shall  cease  twelve  (12) months from the onset of such
disability.

     c.  Termination  by the  Employer  for  Cause.  The  Employee's  employment
hereunder may be terminated for cause,  without further liability on the part of
the  Employer,  by a  majority  vote  of all  of the  members  of the  Board  of
Directors. Termination for cause shall be defined as:

         (i) Deliberate dishonesty of the Employee with respect to the Employer.

        (ii) Conviction of the Employee of a crime involving moral turpitude.

       (iii) Gross and  willful failure to perform a substantial  portion of his
duties and responsibilities hereunder.

        (iv) Employee's abandonment of his duties hereunder for a period of more
than thirty (30) days.  Abandonment by the Employee of duties hereunder shall be
deemed to have occurred if: the Employee  ceases to function and perform  duties
hereunder,  leaves  the  geographic  area in which the  Employer  engages in its
business,  or conducts  himself with  intentional  disregard  of the  Employer's
interests and its business.

         (v) Any other willful act that  has  or will  have  a  similar negative
impact on the financial success of the Employer.

     d. After the first  anniversary  date,  Employee may, upon thirty (30) days
written  notice,  terminate  this  Employment  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  such
termination,  the  provisions  of  paragraph  13 shall  remain in effect  for an
additional one (1) year beyond the date of resignation.

     e.  Termination  Without Good Cause. In the event that Employee  terminates
this Employment  Agreement with good cause or Employer terminates the Employment
Agreement  without good cause;  Employee shall continue to receive  payments and
benefits,  including vesting of options issued by ACT, for the remaining Term of
the Employment Agreement.

12. Resignation as Officer. In the event that the Employee's employment with the
Employer  is  terminated  for any  reason  whatsoever,  the  Employee  agrees to
immediately resign as an Officer of the Employer.


<PAGE>

                                            EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT
                                                                  ANDREW HIDALGO
                                                                          Page 5


13. Non-Competition. The Employee acknowledges that he has gained, and will gain
extensive and valuable  experience  and  knowledge in the business  conducted by
Employer  and has had,  and will have,  extensive  contacts  with  customers  of
Employer.  Accordingly,  the Employee covenants and agrees with Employer that he
shall not compete  directly or indirectly with Employer,  either during the term
of his employment or during the one (1) year period  immediately  thereafter and
shall not, during such period, make public statements in derogation of Employer.
For the  purposes  of this  Section 13, the term  "Employer"  shall be deemed to
include subsidiaries,  parents and affiliates of Employer. Competing directly or
indirectly  with  Employer  shall mean  engaging or having a material  interest,
directly  or  indirectly,  as  owner,  employee,   officer,  director,  partner,
venturer,  stockholder,  capital investor, consultant, agent, principal, advisor
or otherwise,  either alone or in association  with others,  in the operation of
any entity engaged in the business of software design and development for office
devices that have telephony, faxing, copying, printing and scanning capabilities
combined in one  multifunction  product.  Competing  directly or indirectly with
Employer, as used in this Employment  Agreement,  shall be deemed not to include
an  ownership  interest as an inactive  investor,  which,  for  purposes of this
Employment  Agreement,  shall  mean the  beneficial  ownership  of less than one
percent (1%) of the  outstanding  shares of any series or class of securities of
any competitor of Employer,  which shares are publicly  traded in the securities
markets.

     In the event that one or more of the provisions contained herein shall, for
any reason,  be held too excessively  broad as to duration,  geographical  scope
activity or such  provision  shall be  construed as limiting and reducing its as
determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction and shall be enforceable to the
extent compatible with applicable law.

14. Restriction on Authority of Employee.  Notwithstanding anything set forth in
this Employment Agreement to the contrary,  the Employee,  in the performance of
his duties  hereunder,  shall not take any of the following  actions without the
written consent of the Board of Directors:

     a.  Enter into  negotiations  or execute  documents  that would  effect the
existing debt and/or structure or alter,  modify or change any banking relations
after such Closing Date.

15. Representations and Warranties.  The Employee hereby represents and warrants
that he is free to enter this  Employment  Agreement  and to render his services
pursuant  hereto and that neither the execution and delivery of this  Employment
Agreement, nor the performance of his duties hereunder,  violates the provisions
of any other agreement to which he is a party or by which he is bound.

16. Date of  Commencement.  This  Employment  Agreement  shall become  effective
December 1, 1998.

17. Notices.  All notices required or permitted under this Employment  Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed  delivered  when  delivered in person or
deposited in the United States mail, postage paid, addressed as follows:


<PAGE>

                                            EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT
                                                                  ANDREW HIDALGO
                                                                          Page 6


                  Employer:         Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.
                                    400 Royal Way Suite 410
                                    Palm Beach, Florida 33480


                  Copies to:        Paul D. Creme, Esq.
                                    Merra, Kanakis, Creme& Mellor
                                    60 Main Street
                                    Nashua, New Hampshire



                  Employee:         Andrew Hidalgo
                                    608 Perimeter Drive
                                    Downingtown, PA 19335

     Such  addresses  may be  changed  from  time  to time by  either  party  by
providing written notice in the manner set forth above.

18. Entire Agreement. This Employment Agreement contains the entire agreement of
the  parties  and  there  are no  other  promises  or  conditions  in any  other
agreement,  whether oral or written.  This Employment  Agreement  supersedes any
prior written or oral agreements between the parties.

19.  Amendment.  This  Employment  Agreement may be modified or amended,  if the
amendment is made in writing and is signed by both parties.

20. Assignment. This Employment Agreement may not be assigned by Employee.

21. Section Headings.  The headings  contained in this Employment  Agreement are
for reference only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Employment Agreement.

22. Severability. If any provision of this Employment Agreement shall
be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining  provisions
shall continue to be valid and enforceable.  If a court finds that any provision
of this Employment  Agreement is invalid or unenforceable,  but that by limiting
such provision it would become valid and enforceable,  then such provision shall
be deemed to be written, construed and enforced as so limited.

23.  Waiver of  Contractual  Right.  The failure of either  party to enforce any
provision  of this  Employment  Agreement  shall not be construed as a waiver or

<PAGE>

                                            EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT
                                                                  ANDREW HIDALGO
                                                                          Page 7


limitation  of that  party's  right to  subsequently  enforce and compel  strict
compliance with every provision of this Employment Agreement.

24.  Applicable  Law. This  Employment  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws
(other  than  the law  governing  conflict  of law  questions)  of the  State of
Florida.



25.  Counterparts.  This  Employment  Agreement  may be  executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together  shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument  and,  in  pleading or
proving any provision of this Employment Agreement, it shall not be necessary to
produce more than one of such counterparts.

26. The parties have executed this  Employment  Agreement the day and year first
above written.

                                          EMPLOYER

                                          Applies Cellular Technology, Inc



                                          By:  /S/ Garrett A. Sullivan
                                              _________________________________
                                              Garrett A. Sullivan
                                              Chairman of the Board


                                          EMPLOYEE



                                           /S/ Andrew Hidalgo
                                          ______________________________________
                                          Andrew Hidalgo





                                                                    Exhibit 10.9


                      EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT


     This Employment and Non-Compete Agreement ("Employment  Agreement") is made
this ___ day of December,  1998 by and between  Applied  Cellular  Technology of
Missouri,  Inc., a Missouri corporation,  with its principal office located 1866
North Deffer Drive, Nixa,  Missouri 65714 (the "Employer") and Gary A. Gray (the
"Employee").

     WHEREAS,  Employer is in the business of design,  development,  and sale of
software and  consulting  services and WHEREAS,  Employer  desires to retain the
services of the Employee; and

     WHEREAS, Employee is willing to be employed by Employer.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants
and agreements  contained herein and for other good and valuable  consideration,
the receipt,  adequacy and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the
parties hereby agree as follows:

1.   Term of Employment.  Subject  to the  provisions  of  Section  5  of   this
Employment Areement,  Employer  hereby agrees to employ Employee for a period of
three (3) years (the "Employment Term") commencing as of the date hereof.

2.   Office and Duties.

     (a) During the  Employment  Term,  Employee  shall serve as a President  of
Employer.  In such  position,  Employee  shall have such duties and authority as
shall  be  determined  from  time to time by the  Chairman  of the  Board or his
designee. During the Employment Term, Employee's employment by Employer shall be
Employee's exclusive full time employment.

     (b) During the Employment  Term,  Employee shall devote his best efforts to
performance of his duties hereunder and shall not directly or indirectly  engage
in any other  business,  profession or occupation for  compensation or otherwise
which  would  conflict  with the  limitation  of such  duties  without the prior
written consent of the Board of Directors (the "Board"), which consent shall not
reasonably be withheld, delayed or conditioned.

3.   Compensation of Employee.

     (a) As  compensation  for the  services  provided  by  Employee  under this
Employment  Agreement,  Employer will pay Employee  Three  Thousand Five Hundred
Dollars  ($3,500.00)  per month in  accordance  with  Employer's  usual  payroll
procedures ("Base Compensation").

     (b) In addition to such Base  Compensation,  so long as Employee remains an
active Employee, Employee shall also be eligible to receive a "Sales Commission"
paid as follows: for sales directly attributable to Employee's efforts, Employee
shall  receive a  commission  of ten  percent  (10%)  based upon the gross sales
revenues.  In the  event  that  such  order  does  not  meet a gross  margin  of
thirty-five  percent (35%), the commission amount will be adjusted  accordingly.

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 2


For sales not the  result of the  direct  efforts of  Employee,  Employee  shall
receive an "Override  Commission" of three percent (3%). All commission payments
will be paid in two equal payments, the first half upon receipt of the order and
the customer  deposit,  the balance  upon  receipt by Employer of the  remaining
balance from the customer.

     (c) The Employer  shall  maintain and make available for review any and all
sales records so that Employee may,  upon his  reasonable  request,  confirm the
accuracy of commission payments due and payable hereunder.

     (d) The  Employee  shall also be  entitled  to  participate  in any and all
employee  benefit  plans,   medical   insurance  plans,  life  insurance  plans,
disability  income plans and other benefit  plans,  from time to time, in effect
for employees of Employer.  Such participation  shall be subject to the terms of
the applicable plan documents,  generally  applicable  Employer policies and the
discretion of the Board or any  administrative  or other committee  provided for
in, or contemplated by, such plan, except any waiting periods shall be waived if
such waiver is allowable  under such plan and would not  prejudice the rights of
any other  participant.  In addition,  the Employee shall be entitled to receive
benefits  which  are the  same or  substantially  similar  to  those  which  are
currently being provided to the other employees of Employer.

4.   Reimbursement  for  Expenses.  In accordance  with  Employer's  policy, the
Employee will be reimbursed for all  "out-of-pocket"  and other direct  business
expenses  (exclusive  of commuting  costs),  upon  presentation  of  appropriate
receipts and documentation.

5.   Termination.

     (a) For Cause by  Employer.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this
Employment  Agreement,  Employee's  employment  hereunder  may be  terminated by
Employer  at any time for Cause.  For  purposes  of this  Employment  Agreement,
"Cause" shall mean (i) Employee's  willful and continued  failure to perform his
duties hereunder  (other than as a result of total or partial  incapacity due to
physical  or  mental  illness)  for ten (10)  days  after a  written  demand  is
delivered to Employee on behalf of Employer,  which specifically  identifies the
manner in which it is alleged that Employee has not substantially  performed his
duties,  (ii) Employee's  dishonesty in the performance of his duties hereunder,
(iii)  an  act  or  acts  on  Employee's   part  involving  moral  turpitude  or
constituting  a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof,
(iv) any other act or omission which materially injuries the financial condition
or business reputation of Employer or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates,  or
(v) Employee's  material breach of his obligations  under Section 6 and 8 hereof
which  breach shall remain  uncured by Employee  within ten (10) days  following
receipt of notice from Employer specifying such breach.

     (b) Permanent  Disability.  For the purposes of this Employment  Agreement,
the term "permanent  disability" shall mean the Employee's  inability to perform
his duties as  prescribed  in this  Employment  Agreement,  which,  following  a

<PAGE>

                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 3


written  request by either  Employer or the  Employee,  shall be  determined  by
agreement between the parties and, if they cannot agree, by a panel of three (3)
physicians,  one of whom will be selected by  Employer,  one by the Employee and
the third by the first two so  selected.  Said panel  shall also fix the date of
the occurrence of the "permanent  disability".  Said panel's determination shall
be conclusive.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth herein,  the
Employee  shall be presumed to be  permanently  disabled thus  terminating  this
Employment  Agreement,  as of the date he is receiving  payments  for  permanent
disability under any disability  insurance policies or under the Social Security
Act.

     (c) Temporary Disability. If, due to physical or mental illness, disability
or  injury,  the  Employee  shall be  disabled  so as to be  unable  to  perform
substantially all of his duties and  responsibilities  hereunder,  the Board may
designate  another  person  to  act in his  place  during  the  period  of  such
disability. Notwithstanding any such designation, the Employee shall continue to
receive  his  full  salary  and  benefits  under  Section  3 of this  Employment
Agreement  until he  becomes  eligible  for  disability  income  under  Employer
disability  income plan. In the absence of a disability  income plan at the time
of such disability,  Employer shall pay the Employee benefits equal to those the
Employee would have received if Employer's  current  disability income plan were
in effect at such time; provided however, that Employer's  obligations hereunder
shall cease twelve (12) months from the onset of such disability.

     (d) Death.  Employee's  employment hereunder shall terminate immediately in
the event of the Employee's death. If Employee's employment is terminated by the
death  of  Employee,  Employer  shall  pay to  Employer's  estate  or his  legal
representative all amounts due through the date of Employee's death. The payment
to  Employee of any other  benefits  following  the  termination  of  Employee's
employment  pursuant to this  Section 5(d) shall be  determined  by the Board in
accordance with the plans, policies and practices of Employer.

     (e) Without Cause by Employer.  The Employee's  employment hereunder may be
terminated by Employer at any time,  without Cause. If Employee's  employment is
terminated  by Employer  without  Cause (other than by reason of  disability  or
death),  Employer shall continue to pay Employee the compensation to which he is
entitled  pursuant to Section 3 hereof for the balance of the Employment Term as
if such  termination  had not  occurred.  The  payment to  Employee of any other
benefits  following the  termination of Employee's  employment  pursuant to this
Section  5(e) shall be  determined  by the Board in  accordance  with the plans,
policies and practices of Employer.

     (f)  Termination  by  Employee.  Employee's  employment  hereunder  may  be
terminated  by  Employee  at any time upon not less than  sixty  (60) days prior
written notice from Employee to Employer.  If Employee terminates his employment
with  Employer  pursuant to this Section 5(f),  Employer  shall pay Employee any
amounts due through the date of termination.

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 4


     (g) Notice of  Termination.  Any  purported  termination  of  employment by
Employer or by Employee shall be communicated by written "Notice of Termination"
to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 15 hereof.  For purposes of
this  Employment  Agreement,  a Notice of Termination  shall mean a notice which
shall indicate the specific  termination  provision in this Employment Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment  under the provision so
indicated.

6.   Non-Competition.

     (a) Employee  acknowledges and recognizes the highly  competitive nature of
the businesses of Employer and its affiliates and accordingly agrees that during
the period  commencing on the date hereof and continuing  until the later of (i)
the date that Employee ceases to receive payments  pursuant to Section 5 of this
Employment  Agreement or (ii) one (1) year from the date of the  termination  of
Employee's employment:

         (i)   Employee  will not engage in any  activity  which is  competitive
with any business now, or at any time during the Employment  Term,  conducted by
Employer,  its  subsidiaries or its  affiliates,  including  without  limitation
becoming an employee,  investor (except for passive investments of not more than
one  percent   (1%)  of  the   outstanding   shares  of,  or  any  other  equity
over-the-counter  securities market), officer, agent, partner or director of, or
other  participant  in, any firm,  person or other entity in any geographic area
which either directly competes with a line or lines of business of Employer, its
subsidiaries or its affiliates. Notwithstanding any provision of this Employment
Agreement to the  contrary,  upon the  occurrence  of any breach of this Section
6(a)(i), if Employee is employed by Employer, Employer may immediately terminate
the employment of Employee for Cause in accordance with the provisions contained
in Sections 5 and 15, whether or not Employee is employed by Employer,  Employer
shall  immediately  cease to have any  obligations  to make payments to Employee
under this Employment Agreement.

         (ii)  Employee  will not directly or  indirectly  assist others in
engaging in any of the  activities in which  Employee is prohibited to engage by
clause (i) above.

         (iii) Employee  will not  directly or  indirectly  (A) induce any
employee  of  Employer,  its  subsidiaries  or its  affiliates  to engage in any
activity in which Employee is prohibited from engaging by clause (i) above or to
terminate his employment with Employer,  its subsidiaries or its affiliates,  or
(B) employ or offer  employment to any person who was employed by Employer,  its
subsidiaries  or its  affiliates  unless  such  person  shall have  ceased to be
employed by Employer,  its  subsidiaries  or its  affiliates  for a period of at
least twelve (12) months.

     (b) It is expressly  understood  and agreed that (i) although  Employee and
Employer consider the restrictions contained in this Section 6 to be reasonable,
if a final judicial  determination is made by a court of competent  jurisdiction

<PAGE>

                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 5


that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Employment
Agreement is unenforceable, this Employment Agreement shall not be rendered void
but rather  shall be deemed to be  enforceable  to such  maximum  extent as such
court may judicially  determine or indicate to be  enforceable,  and (ii) if any
restriction   contained  in  this  Employment  Agreement  is  determined  to  be
unenforceable  and  such  restriction  cannot  be  amended  so  as  to  make  it
enforceable,  such  finding  shall not affect the  enforceability  of any of the
other restrictions contained herein.

7.  Resignation  as  Officer  and/or  Director.  In the  event  that  Employee's
employment is terminated for any reason  whatsoever,  the Employee agrees to, as
the case may be, resign immediately as an Officer and/or Director of Employer.

8.  Confidentiality.  Employee will not at any time (whether during or after his
employment with Employer) disclose or use for his own benefit or purposes or the
benefit or purposes  of any other  person,  firm,  partnership,  joint  venture,
association,  corporation or other organization, entity or enterprise other than
Employer  and  any  of  its   subsidiaries  or  affiliates,   any   Confidential
Information.  As used herein, the term "Confidential Information" shall mean any
trade secrets,  information,  data, or other confidential information (excluding
information  which is not unique to Employer or which is generally  known to the
industry or development programs, costs, marketing,  trading,  investment, sales
activities,  promotion,  credit processes,  formulas, data, software,  drawings,
specifications,  source and object  code,  financial  and  pricing  information,
marketing  information  and business and  development  plans or the business and
affairs of Employer  generally,  or of any  subsidiary or affiliate of Employer,
Employee  agrees that upon  termination of his employment  with Employer for any
reason,  he will return to Employer  immediately all copies of any  Confidential
Information,  together with any memoranda,  books, papers,  plans,  information,
letters and other data, and all copies thereof or therefrom, in any way relating
to the business of Employer, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, except that he
may retain personal notes,  notebooks and diaries.  Employee further agrees that
he will not retain or use for his account at any time any trade name,  trademark
or other proprietary  business  designation used or owned in connection with the
business of Employer, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

9.  Specific  Performance.  Employee  acknowledges  and agrees  that  Employer's
remedies at law for a breach or  threatened  breach of any of the  provisions of
Section 6 or Section 8 would be  inadequate  and, in  recognition  of this fact,
Employee  agrees that,  in the event of such a breach or threatened  breach,  in
addition to any remedies at law,  Employer  without  posting any bond,  shall be
entitled  to  obtain  equitable  relief  in the  form of  specific  performance,
temporary  restraining orders,  temporary or permanent  injunctions or any other
equitable remedy which may then be available.

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 6


10.  Vacation. The Employee shall be entitled to four (4)weeks of paid vacation.
Such  vacation  shall be taken at a time  mutually  convenient  to Employer  and
Employee. Vacation days may not be accumulated.

11.  Sick Days.  The  Employee  shall be  entitled  to paid sick days off due to
illness  limited to the policies and  procedures of the then current  disability
policies that may in place. In no event shall it be determined that the Employee
have more paid sick days than those allowed in such policies.

12.  Holidays. The Employee shall be entitled to the standard company holidays.

13.  Restriction on Authority of Employee. Notwithstanding anything set forth in
this Employment Agreement to the contrary,  the Employee,  in the performance of
his duties  hereunder,  shall not take any of the following  actions without the
written consent of the Board:

     a.  Enter into  negotiations  or execute  documents  that would  materially
affect the existing debt and/or structure or alter, modify or change any banking
relations.

14.  Representations and Warranties. The Employee hereby represents and warrants
that he is free to enter this  Employment  Agreement  and to render his services
pursuant  hereto and that neither the execution and delivery of this  Employment
Agreement, nor the performance of his duties hereunder,  violates the provisions
of any other agreement to which he is a party or by which he is bound.

15.  Notices.  All notices required or permitted under this Employment Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed  delivered  when  delivered in person or
deposited in the United States mail, postage paid, addressed as follows:

              Employer:         Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.
                                1866 North Deffer Drive
                                Nixa, Missouri 65714

              Employee:         Gary A. Gray
                                718 E. Gaslight Dr.
                                Springfield, MO  65810

     Such  addresses  may be  changed  from  time  to time by  either  party  by
providing written notice in the manner set forth above.

16.  Entire Agreement. This Employment Agreement contains the  entire  agreement
of the  parties  and  there are no other  promises  or  conditions  in any other

<PAGE>

                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 7


agreement,  whether oral or written.  This Employment  Agreement  supersedes any
prior written or oral agreements between the parties.

17.  Expenses. Each party shall pay its own expenses incident to the performance
or enforcement of this Employment Agreement,  including all fees and expenses of
its counsel  for all  activities  of such  counsel  undertaken  pursuant to this
Employment Agreement, except as otherwise herein specifically provided.

18.  Waivers and Further  Agreements.  Any waiver of any terms or  conditions of
this  Employment  Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach of
such terms or conditions  or any other term or condition,  nor shall any failure
to enforce any provision  hereof operate as a waiver of such provision or of any
other provision hereof;  provided,  however, that no such written waiver, unless
it, by its own terms, explicitly provides to the contrary, shall be construed to
effect a continuing  waiver of the provision  being waived and no such waiver in
any instance  shall  constitute a waiver in any other  instance or for any other
purpose or impair the right of the party  against whom such waiver is claimed in
all other  instances or for all other purposes to require full  compliance  with
such  provision.  Each of the parties  hereto agrees to execute all such further
instruments and documents and to take all such further action as the other party
may  reasonably  require in order to  effectuate  the terms and purposes of this
Employment Agreement.

19.  Amendments.  This  Employment  Agreement may not be amended,  nor shall any
waiver,  change,  modification,  consent or discharge  be effected  except by an
instrument  in  writing  executed  by or on  behalf of the  party  against  whom
enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, consent or discharge is sought.

20.  Severability. If any provision of this Employment Agreement shall  be  held
or deemed to be, or shall in fact be, invalid,  inoperative or  unenforceable as
applied to any particular case in any jurisdiction or  jurisdictions,  or in all
jurisdictions or in all cases, because of the conflict of any provision with any
constitution  or statute or rule of public policy or for any other reason,  such
circumstance  shall not have the effect of rendering the provision or provisions
in question invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable in any other  jurisdiction or
in any  other  case or  circumstance  or of  rendering  any other  provision  or
provisions herein contained invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable to the extent
that such other  provisions  are not  themselves  actually in conflict with such
constitution,  statute or rule of public policy,  but this Employment  Agreement
shall be reformed  and  construed  in any such  jurisdiction  or case as if such
invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein
and such provision reformed so that it would be valid, operative and enforceable
to the maximum extent permitted in such jurisdiction or in such case.

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 8


21.  Counterparts.  This  Employment  Agreement  may be  executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together  shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument,  and in  pleading  or
proving any provision of this Employment Agreement, it shall not be necessary to
produce more than one of such counterparts.

22.  Section Headings.  The headings contained in this Employment  Agreement are
for  reference  purposes  only and shall not in any way  affect  the  meaning or
interpretation of this Employment Agreement.

23.  Gender. Whenever used herein, the singular number shall include the plural,
the plural shall include the  singular,  and the use of any gender shall include
all genders.

24.  Governing Law. This Employment Agreement shall be governed by and construed
and enforced in accordance  with the law (other than the law governing  conflict
of law questions) of the Missouri.

25.  The parties have executed this Employment  Agreement the day and year first
above written.

                                                    EMPLOYER

                                               By:  /S/ Garrett A. Sullivan
                                                   _________________________
                                                   Garrett A. Sullivan
                                                   Chairman of the Board


                                                    EMPLOYEE

                                               By: /S/ Gary A. Gray
                                                   __________________________
                                                   Gary A. Gray





                                                                   Exhibit 10.10


                      EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT


     This Employment and Non-Compete Agreement ("Employment  Agreement") is made
this 16th day of December,  1997 by and between ACT Financial  Corp., a Delaware
corporation,  with its  principal  office  located at James  River  Professional
Center,  Suite 5, Nixa, MO 65714 (the  "Employer") and Jerome C. Artigliere (the
"Employee").

     WHEREAS,  Employer is in the business of providing financing to the various
Applied Cellular Technology, Inc. ("ACT") subsidiaries; and

     WHEREAS, Employer desires to retain the services of the Employee; and

     WHEREAS, Employee is willing to be employed by the Employer.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein,
the parties agree as follows:

1. Capacity. Employee shall serve the Employer as its President.

2. Best Efforts of Employee.  During the Term of this Employment Agreement,  the
Employee  shall,  subject to the direction and  supervision  of the Chairman and
Board of  Directors,  devote his full  business  time,  best  efforts,  business
judgment, skill and knowledge to the advancement of the Employer's interests and
to the discharge of his duties and responsibilities hereunder. Such duties shall
be provided at  Kensington,  New  Hampshire  and other such places as the needs,
business  or  opportunities  of the  Employer  may  require  from  time to time.
Employee  also is aware of the  possibility  of  relocation  to a new  corporate
headquarters  in West Palm Beach,  Florida.  Employer  may, at its sole  option,
determine that Employee's  duties would best be performed in the new corporation
location.  Provided  however,  that such relocation shall not occur for at least
one year from the date of the commencement of this Employment Agreement.  In the
event that Employee is asked to relocate,  Employer  shall offer to Employee the
same or  similar  relocation  package  available  to  other  similarly  situated
executives. He shall not engage in any other business activity, except as may be
approved by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that nothing herein shall
be construed as preventing the Employee from:

     a.  investing  his assets in a manner  which shall not require any material
services  on his part in the  operations  or affairs of the  companies  or other
entities in which such investments are made;

     b. serving on the Board of  Directors of any company,  provided he receives
the approval in writing from the Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors,
and  further  provided  that he shall not be  required  to render  any  material
services with respect to the operations or affairs of any such company; or


<PAGE>

                                            Employment and Non-Compete Agreement
                                                            Jerome C. Artigliere
                                                                          Page 2

     c.  engaging in  religious,  charitable  or other  community or  non-profit
activities  which  does not  impair  his  ability  to  fulfill  his  duties  and
responsibilities under this Employment Agreement.

3.  Compensation  of Employee.  As  compensation  for the  services  provided by
Employee,  Employer will pay Employee an annual salary of  eighty-five  thousand
dollars ($85,000.00) in accordance with the Employer's usual payroll procedures.
Separate  incentive  and stock option  plans will be developed by the  Employer,
together with key  management,  and that these plans will reflect  company goals
and performance  objectives.  Such performance  objectives and criteria shall be
mutually  agreed  upon on or before  January  5 of each year of this  Employment
Agreement, reduced to a writing and executed by both parties.

     Employee shall also be eligible to receive a bonus, if performance criteria
are met, in the amount of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000.00).  Such bonus
shall be  payable  within a  reasonable  period of time  after the close of each
fiscal year.

     Employee  shall  also  receive,  upon  date  of the  effectiveness  of this
Employment Agreement, stock options subject to a Side Agreement of even date.

     The Employee  shall also be entitled to participate in any and all employee
benefit plans, medical insurance plans, life insurance plans,  disability income
plans and other benefit  plans,  from time to time, in effect for  executives of
the Employer. Such participation shall be subject to the terms of the applicable
plan documents,  generally applicable Corporation policies and the discretion of
the Board of Directors or any administrative or other committee provided for in,
or  contemplated  by, such plan. In addition,  the Employee shall be entitled to
receive benefits which are the same or substantially  similar to those which are
currently being provided to the other Executives by the Employer.

4.  Reimbursement for Expenses.  In accordance with the Employer's  policy,  the
Employee will be reimbursed for all  "out-of-pocket"  and other direct  business
expenses  (exclusive  of commuting  costs),  upon  presentation  of  appropriate
receipts and documentation.

5.  Proprietary  Information.  The  Employer  possesses,  and will  continue  to
possess,  information  that has been  created,  discovered  or developed  by, or
otherwise  become  known  to,  the  Employer  (including,   without  limitation,
information created, discovered, developed or made known to me during the period
of or arising out of Employee's  employment by the Employer,  whether  before or
after the date hereof) or in which property  rights have been or may be assigned
or otherwise conveyed to the Employer, which information has commercial value in
the  business in which the Employer is engaged and is treated by the Employer as
confidential.   All  such   information  is  hereinafter   called   "Proprietary
Information"  which term, as used herein,  shall also include,  but shall not be
limited  to,  systems, processes,  formulae,  data,  functional  specifications,
 
<PAGE>

                                            Employment and Non-Compete Agreement
                                                            Jerome C. Artigliere
                                                                          Page 3

computer   programs,   blueprints,    know-how,    improvements,    discoveries,
developments,  designs,  inventions,  techniques,  marketing plans,  strategies,
forecasts, new products, unpublished financial statements, budgets, projections,
licenses, prices, costs and customer and supplier lists; provided, however, that
the term "Proprietary  Information" shall not include any of the foregoing which
is in the public domain.

     All existing  lists of customers of the Employer and all lists of customers
of the Employer  developed  during the course of  Employee's  employment  by the
Employer  are and shall be the sole and  exclusive  property of the Employer and
that Employee neither has nor shall have any right,  title or interest  therein;
such lists of customers are and must continue to be confidential;  such lists of
customers are not readily  accessible to  competitors  of the Employer;  and the
Employer's  present and future business  relationship  with its customers is and
will continue to be of a type which normally continues unless interfered with by
others.

     In the  event  of a  breach,  or  threatened  breach,  by  Employee  of his
obligations under this Section,  the Employee hereby acknowledges and stipulates
that the  Employer  shall  not have an  adequate  remedy  at law,  shall  suffer
irreparable  harm and,  therefore,  it is mutually  agreed and stipulated by the
parties hereto that, in addition to any other remedies at law or in equity which
Employer may have,  the  Employer  shall be entitled to obtain in a court of law
and/or equity (i) a temporary  and/or  permanent  injunction  from disclosing in
whole or in part  such  Confidential  Information  or (ii)  from  providing  any
services to any party to whom such Confidential  Information has been disclosed,
or may be  disclosed.  Employer  shall not be  prohibited  by this  Section from
pursuing other remedies, including a claim for losses and damages.

6. Ownership of Proprietary  Information.  All Proprietary  Information shall be
the sole  property of the  Employer  and its assigns  and the  Employer  and its
assigns shall be the sole owner of all patents, copyrights, trademarks and other
rights in  connection  therewith.  Employee  hereby  assign to the  Employer any
rights he may have or acquire in such Proprietary  Information.  Employee hereby
acknowledges  that  all  Proprietary  Information  is and  must  continue  to be
confidential  and that the same is not readily  accessible to competitors of the
Employer.  At all times, both during  Employee's  employment by the Employer and
after his termination,  Employee will keep in strictest confidence and trust all
Proprietary  Information  and Employee will not use or disclose any  Proprietary
Information  without  the  written  consent  of the  Employer  except  as may be
necessary in the ordinary course of performing  Employee's duties as an employee
of the Employer.

7.  Vacation.  The Employee shall be entitled to two (2) weeks of paid vacation.
Such  vacation  shall be taken at a time  mutually  convenient  to Employer  and
Employee. Unused vacation may not be accumulated.


<PAGE>

                                            Employment and Non-Compete Agreement
                                                            Jerome C. Artigliere
                                                                          Page 4

8. Sick Days/Personal  Business. The Employee shall be entitled to five (5) paid
sick or  personal  days off due to illness  or  personal  business  each year of
employment beginning on the first day of the Employee's employment.

9. Holidays. The Employee shall be entitled to the standard company holidays.

10. Term. This Employment  Agreement shall have an initial term of one (1) year,
beginning at the  commencement  date so indicated at the end of this  Employment
Agreement.  This Employment  Agreement may be extended,  by mutual  agreement in
writing signed by both parties, an additional two (2) years.

11. Termination of Employment.  Notwithstanding  the provisions of Paragraph 10,
the  Employee's   employment  hereunder  shall  terminate  under  the  following
circumstances:

     a. Death or  Permanent  Disability.  In the event of the  Employee's  death
during the Employee's  employment  hereunder,  the Employee's  employment  shall
terminate on the date of his death or Permanent Disability (as defined below).

     Permanent Disability.  For the purposes of this Employment  Agreement,  the
term "permanent  disability" shall mean the Employee's  inability to perform his
duties as prescribed in this Employment  Agreement,  which,  following a written
request by either the Employer or the Employee, shall be determined by agreement
between  the  parties  and,  if they  cannot  agree,  by a panel  of  three  (3)
physicians,  one of whom will be selected by the  Employer,  one by the Employee
and the third by the first two so  selected.  Said panel shall also fix the date
of the occurrence of the permanent disability.  Said panel's determination shall
be conclusive.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth herein,  the
Employee  shall be  presumed  to be  permanently  disabled  as of the date he is
receiving  payments for  permanent  disability  under any  disability  insurance
policies or under the Social Security Act.

     b. Temporary Disability. If, due to physical or mental illness,  disability
or  injury,  the  Employee  shall be  disabled  so as to be  unable  to  perform
substantially  all of his duties and  responsibilities  hereunder,  the Board of
Directors may designate  another person to act in his place during the period of
such  disability.  Notwithstanding  any such  designation,  the  Employee  shall
continue  to receive  his full  salary and  benefits  under  Paragraph 3 of this
Employment  Agreement until he becomes eligible for disability  income under the
Employer  disability  income plan. In the absence of a disability income plan at
the time of such disability,  the Employer shall pay the Employee benefits equal
to those the Employee would have received if the Employer's  current  disability
income plan were in effect at such time;  provided however,  that the Employer's
obligations  hereunder  shall  cease  twelve  (12) months from the onset of such
disability.


<PAGE>

                                            Employment and Non-Compete Agreement
                                                            Jerome C. Artigliere
                                                                          Page 5

     c.  Termination  by the  Employer  for  Cause.  The  Employee's  employment
hereunder may be terminated for cause,  without further liability on the part of
the  Employer,  by a  majority  vote  of all  of the  members  of the  Board  of
Directors. Termination for cause includes, but is not limited to:

               (i)   Deliberate  dishonesty  of the Employee with respect to the
Employer.

               (ii)  Conviction  of   the  Employee  of  a crime involving moral
turpitude.

               (iii) Gross  and   willful   failure  to  perform  a  substantial
portion of his duties and responsibilities hereunder.

               (iv)  Employee's  unexcused  abandonment of his  duties hereunder
for a period of more than  thirty  (30) days.  Abandonment  by the  Employee  of
duties  hereunder  shall be deemed to have  occurred if: the Employee  ceases to
function and perform duties  hereunder,  leaves the geographic area in which the
Employer engages in its business, or conducts himself with intentional disregard
of the Employer's interests and its business.

                (v)  Any  other   willful   act  that has or will  have a smilar
negative impact on the financial success of the Employer.

     d. After the first  anniversary  date,  Employee may, upon thirty (30) days
written  notice,  terminate  this  Employment  Agreement.  Notwithstanding  such
termination,  the  provisions  of  Section  14 shall  remain in  effect  for the
additional one (1) year beyond the date of resignation.

     e. Upon  termination  of this  Employment  Agreement,  any and all payments
and/or  obligations  under Section 3 of this  Employment  Agreement shall cease;
provided,  however,  that the Employee shall be entitled to payments for periods
or partial  periods that occurred prior to the date of termination and for which
the Employee has not yet been paid.

12.  Termination  Without Good Cause. In the event that the Employee  terminates
the Employment  Agreement with good cause or Employer  terminates the Employment
Agreement  without good cause,  Employee shall continue to receive  payments and
benefits,  including  vesting of options issued by Applied Cellular  Technology,
Inc. for the remaining term of the Employment Agreement.

13.  Resignation  as Officer  and  Director.  In the event  that the  Employee's
employment  with the  Employer  is  terminated  for any reason  whatsoever,  the
Employee  agrees  to  immediately  resign  as an  Officer  and  Director  of the
Employer.


<PAGE>

                                            Employment and Non-Compete Agreement
                                                            Jerome C. Artigliere
                                                                          Page 6


14.  Non-Competition.  The Employee  acknowledges  that he has gained,  and will
gain,  extensive and valuable experience and knowledge in the business conducted
by Employer and has had, and will have,  extensive  contacts  with  customers of
Employer.  Accordingly,  the Employee covenants and agrees with Employer that he
shall not compete  directly or indirectly with Employer,  either during the term
of his employment or during the three (3) year period immediately thereafter and
shall not, during such period, make public statements in derogation of Employer.
For the  purposes  of this  Section 14, the term  "Employer"  shall be deemed to
include subsidiaries,  parents and affiliates of Employer. Competing directly or
indirectly  with  Employer  shall mean  engaging or having a material  interest,
directly  or  indirectly,  as  owner,  employee,   officer,  director,  partner,
venturer,  stockholder,  capital investor, consultant, agent, principal, advisor
or otherwise,  either alone or in association  with others,  in the operation of
any entity  engaged in the  business of  providing  financing to the various ACT
subsidiaries.  Competing  directly or indirectly with Employer,  as used in this
Employment Agreement, shall be deemed not to include an ownership interest as an
inactive investor, which, for purposes of this Employment Agreement,  shall mean
the beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares
of any series or class of securities of any competitor of Employer, which shares
are publicly traded in the securities markets.

     In the event that one or more of the provisions contained herein shall, for
any reason,  be held too excessively  broad as to duration,  geographical  scope
activity or such  provision  shall be  construed as limiting and reducing its as
determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction and shall be enforceable to the
extent  compatible with applicable law. Further the restriction set forth herein
are not intended to prevent  Employee  from  earning a living or  fostering  his
career in a manner consistent with his past abilities and background.

15. Restriction on Authority of Employee.  Notwithstanding anything set forth in
this Employment Agreement to the contrary,  the Employee,  in the performance of
his duties  hereunder,  shall not take any of the following  actions without the
written consent of the Board of Directors:

     a. Enter into  negotiations  or execute  documents  which would  effect the
existing debt and/or structure or alter,  modify or change any banking relations
after such Closing Date.

16. Representations and Warranties.  The Employee hereby represents and warrants
that he is free to enter this  Employment  Agreement  and to render his services
pursuant  hereto and that neither the execution and delivery of this  Employment
Agreement, nor the performance of his duties hereunder,  violates the provisions
of any other agreement to which he is a party or by which he is bound.

17. Date of  Commencement.  This  Employment  Agreement is effective  January 5,
1998.


<PAGE>

                                            Employment and Non-Compete Agreement
                                                            Jerome C. Artigliere
                                                                          Page 7


18. Notices.  All notices required or permitted under this Employment  Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed  delivered  when  delivered in person or
deposited in the United States mail, postage paid, addressed as follows:

                  Employer:      ACT Financial Corp.
                                 James River Professional Center, Suite 5
                                 P. O. Box 2067
                                 Nixa, MO 65714

                  Employee:      Jerome C. Artigliere
                                 10 Kady Lane
                                 Kensington, NH 03833


     Such  addresses  may be  changed  from  time  to time by  either  party  by
providing written notice in the manner set forth above.

19.  Arbitration.  Any and all disputes  between the parties with respect to the
construction  or performance of the terms of this Employment  Agreement  (except
with respect to the equitable  remedies available under Section 13) which cannot
be resolved  amicably shall be resolved by  arbitration  in accordance  with the
rules of the American  Arbitration  Association and such arbitration shall occur
in the state in which Employers principal office is located.

20. Entire Agreement. This Employment Agreement contains the entire agreement of
the  parties  and  there  are no  other  promises  or  conditions  in any  other
agreement,  whether oral or written.  This Employment  Agreement  supersedes any
prior written or oral agreements between the parties.

21.  Amendment.  This  Employment  Agreement may be modified or amended,  if the
amendment is made in writing and is signed by both parties.

22. Assignment. This Employment Agreement may not be assigned by Employee.

23. Section Headings.  The headings  contained in this Employment  Agreement are
for reference only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Employment Agreement.

24. Severability. If any provision of this Employment Agreement shall be held to
be invalid or  unenforceable  for any reason,  the  remaining  provisions  shall
continue to be valid and enforceable. If a court finds that  any  provision   of

<PAGE>

                                            Employment and Non-Compete Agreement
                                                            Jerome C. Artigliere
                                                                          Page 8

this Employment Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, but that by limiting such
provision it would become valid and  enforceable,  then such provision  shall be
deemed to be written, construed and enforced as so limited.

25.  Waiver of  Contractual  Right.  The failure of either  party to enforce any
provision  of this  Employment  Agreement  shall not be construed as a waiver or
limitation  of that  party's  right to  subsequently  enforce and compel  strict
compliance with every provision of this Employment Agreement.

26.  Applicable  Law. This  Employment  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws
(other than the law governing  conflict of law  questions) of the state in which
the Employer's principal office is located.

27.  Counterparts.  This  Employment  Agreement  may be  executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together  shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument  and,  in  pleading or
proving any provision of this Employment Agreement, it shall not be necessary to
produce more than one of such counterparts.

28. The parties have executed this  Employment  Agreement the day and year first
above written.


                                         EMPLOYER

                                         ACT FINANCIAL CORP.



                                         By: /S/ Garrett A. Sullivan
                                            _________________________________
                                            Garrett A. Sullivan
                                            Chairman of the Board


                                         EMPLOYEE



                                         By: /S/ Jerome C. Artigliere
                                            _________________________________
                                            Jerome C. Artigliere



                                                                   Exhibit 10.11


                      EMPLOYMENT AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT

     This Employment and Non-Compete Agreement ("Employment  Agreement") is made
this 15th day of March, 1999 by and between Applied Cellular Technology, Inc., a
Missouri  corporation,  with its  principal  office  located 400 Royal Palm Way,
Suite  410,  Palm  Beach,   Florida  (the  "Employer")  and  Tabitha  Zane  (the
"Employee").

     WHEREAS, Employer is a builder of infrastructure services and solutions for
the communications industry, and

     WHEREAS, Employer desires to retain the services of the Employee; and

     WHEREAS, Employee is willing to be employed by Employer.

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises, and the mutual covenants
and agreements  contained herein and for other good and valuable  consideration,
the receipt,  adequacy and  sufficiency  of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the
parties hereby agree as follows:

1.   Term of Employment.  Subject  to  the   provisions  of  Section 5  of  this
Employment Agreement,  Employer hereby agrees to employ Employee for a period of
two (2) years (the "Employment Term") commencing as of February 8, 1999.

2.   Office and Duties.

     (a) During the Employment Term, Employee shall serve as a Vice President of
Investor  Relations  of Employer.  In such  position,  Employee  shall have such
duties and authority as shall be determined from time to time by the Chairman of
the Board or his designee.  During the Employment Term, Employee's employment by
Employer shall be Employee's exclusive full time employment.

     (b) During the Employment  Term,  Employee shall devote her best efforts to
performance of her duties hereunder and shall not directly or indirectly  engage
in any other  business,  profession or occupation for  compensation or otherwise
which  would  conflict  with the  limitation  of such  duties  without the prior
written consent of the Board of Directors (the "Board"), which consent shall not
reasonably be withheld, delayed or conditioned.

3.    Compensation of Employee.

     (a)  Base  Compensation:  As  compensation  for the  services  provided  by
Employee under this Employment Agreement, Employer will pay Employee One Hundred
and Twenty Thousand Dollars  ($120,000.00) on an annual basis in accordance with
Employer's usual payroll procedures ("Base Compensation").

     (b) Bonus: Also, in addition to such Base  Compensation,  Employee shall be
eligible to receive as a "Bonus",  the payment and amount of which is  expressly
conditioned  upon  the  Employer's   overall   financial   performance  and  the
achievement  by Employee of the  mutually  agreed upon  performance  goals.  The

<PAGE>

                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 2


maximum  amount  of  Bonus  Employee  may earn in each  year of this  Employment
Agreement is twenty percent (20%) of the Employee's then Base Compensation.

     (c) Stock  Options:  Upon the  execution  and  delivery of this  Employment
Agreement,  Employer  shall  grant to  Employee a stock  option for Twenty  Five
Thousand  (25,000)  shares of  Employer's  common stock ("ACT Stock") at a price
determined  to be fifteen  percent (15%) below the closing price of Act Stock as
of  February  8, 1999.  The  issuance  of such  options  shall be subject to the
Employer Stock Option Plan and Agreement, as amended, and conditioned upon Board
approval.

     From time to time,  Employer may develop and implement  separate  incentive
and  stock  option  plans,  for  which  Employee,  if  appropriate,  may also be
eligible.

     (d) Benefits: The Employee shall also be entitled to participate in any and
all employee  benefit plans,  medical  insurance  plans,  life insurance  plans,
disability  income plans and other benefit  plans,  from time to time, in effect
for employees of Employer.  Such participation  shall be subject to the terms of
the applicable plan documents,  generally  applicable  Employer policies and the
discretion of the Board or any  administrative  or other committee  provided for
in, or contemplated by, such plan, except any waiting periods shall be waived if
such waiver is allowable  under such plan and would not  prejudice the rights of
any other  participant.  In addition,  the Employee shall be entitled to receive
benefits  which  are the  same or  substantially  similar  to  those  which  are
currently being provided to the other employees of Employer.

4.   Relocation Reimbursement. It is a material part of the Employment Agreement
that  Employee  agrees to  transfer  to the  corporate  office of Employer on or
before  July 1, 1999,  and as of such date,  to begin  working  full time at the
corporate office of Employer in Palm Beach, Florida.

     Employer  therefore agrees to reimburse Employee for any and all reasonable
expenses  directly  associated with such relocation;  including,  (i) the moving
expenses  associated with moving Employee's  household goods, (ii) closing costs
associated  with purchasing a primary  residence in the State of Florida,  (iii)
costs and expenses  associated with temporary  housing,  and (iv) up to five (5)
house hunting trips for Employee and her immediate family.

     Such expenses shall be reimbursed  within a reasonable period of time after
the   presentation   for  review  and  approval  of  appropriate   receipts  and
documentation.  Employee shall assume the tax consequences  that may result from
such reimbursement.

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 3


5.   Reimbursement for Expenses.

     (a) Business  Expenses In accordance with Employer's  policy,  the Employee
will be reimbursed for all  "out-of-pocket"  and other direct business  expenses
(exclusive of commuting costs),  upon  presentation of appropriate  receipts and
documentation.

     (b)  Educational/Professional  Expenses.  Employer shall support Employee's
membership in the National Investor Relations Institute ("NIRI"). Employer shall
pay the annual membership dues for such  organization  while Employee remains an
active employee. Employer shall also reimburse Employee for expenses incurred as
a result of her attending the annual meeting as well as up to three (3) speaking
engagements each year.

6.   Termination.

     (a) For Cause by  Employer.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this
Employment Agreement,  Employer hereunder may terminate Employee's employment at
any time for Cause.  For purposes of this  Employment  Agreement,  "Cause" shall
mean (i)  Employee's  willful  and  continued  failure  to  perform  her  duties
hereunder (other than as a result of total or partial incapacity due to physical
or mental  illness) for thirty (30) days after a written  demand is delivered to
Employee on behalf of  Employer,  which  specifically  identifies  the manner in
which it is alleged that  Employee has not  substantially  performed her duties,
(ii) Employee's dishonesty in the performance of her duties hereunder,  (iii) an
act or acts on Employee's  part  involving  moral  turpitude or  constituting  a
felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof,  (iv) any other
act or omission which  materially  injuries the financial  condition or business
reputation  of  Employer  or any  of  its  subsidiaries  or  affiliates,  or (v)
Employee's material breach of her obligations under Section 7 and 9 hereof which
breach  shall  remain  uncured by Employee  within  thirty  (30) days  following
receipt of notice from Employer specifying such breach.

     (b) Permanent  Disability.  For the purposes of this Employment  Agreement,
the term "permanent  disability" shall mean the Employee's  inability to perform
her duties as  prescribed  in this  Employment  Agreement,  which,  following  a
written  request by either  Employer or the  Employee,  shall be  determined  by
agreement between the parties and, if they cannot agree, by a panel of three (3)
physicians,  one of whom will be selected by  Employer,  one by the Employee and
the third by the first two so  selected.  Said panel  shall also fix the date of
the occurrence of the "permanent  disability".  Said panel's determination shall
be conclusive.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary set forth herein,  the
Employee  shall be presumed to be  permanently  disabled thus  terminating  this
Employment  Agreement,  as of the date she is receiving  payments for  permanent
disability under any disability  insurance policies or under the Social Security
Act.

     (c) Temporary Disability. If, due to physical or mental illness, disability
or  injury,  the  Employee  shall be  disabled  so as to be  unable  to  perform
substantially all of her duties and  responsibilities  hereunder,  the Board may
designate  another  person  to  act in her  place  during  the  period  of  such
disability. Notwithstanding any such designation, the Employee shall continue to

<PAGE>

                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 4


receive  her  full  salary  and  benefits  under  Section  3 of this  Employment
Agreement  until she becomes  eligible  for  disability  income  under  Employer
disability  income plan. In the absence of a disability  income plan at the time
of such disability,  Employer shall pay the Employee benefits equal to those the
Employee would have received if Employer's  current  disability income plan were
in effect at such time; provided however, that Employer's  obligations hereunder
shall cease twelve (12) months from the onset of such disability.

     (d)  Death.  Employee's employment hereunder shall terminate immediately in
the event of the Employee's death. If Employee's employment is terminated by the
death  of  Employee,  Employer  shall  pay to  Employer's  estate  or her  legal
representative all amounts due through the date of Employee's death. The payment
to  Employee of any other  benefits  following  the  termination  of  Employee's
employment  pursuant to this  Section 6(d) shall be  determined  by the Board in
accordance with the plans, policies and practices of Employer.

     (e)  Without  Cause by  Employer.  Employer  hereunder  may  terminate  the
Employee's  employment at any time,  without Cause. If Employee's  employment is
terminated  by Employer  without  Cause (other than by reason of  disability  or
death), Employer shall continue to pay Employee the compensation to which she is
entitled  pursuant to Section 3 hereof for the balance of the Employment Term as
if such  termination  had not  occurred.  The  payment to  Employee of any other
benefits  following the  termination of Employee's  employment  pursuant to this
Section  6(e) shall be  determined  by the Board in  accordance  with the plans,
policies and practices of Employer.

     (f)  Termination by Employee.  Employee  hereunder may terminate employee's
employment at any time upon not less than sixty (60) days' prior written  notice
from Employee to Employer.  If Employee  terminates her employment with Employer
pursuant to this  Section  6(f),  Employer  shall pay  Employee  any amounts due
through the date of termination.

     (g)  Notice of  Termination.  Any  purported  termination of  employment by
Employer or by Employee shall be communicated by written "Notice of Termination"
to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 15 hereof.  For purposes of
this  Employment  Agreement,  a Notice of Termination  shall mean a notice which
shall indicate the specific  termination  provision in this Employment Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of employment  under the provision so
indicated.

7.   Non-Competition.

     (a) Employee  acknowledges and recognizes the highly  competitive nature of
the businesses of Employer and its affiliates and accordingly agrees that during
the period  commencing  on the date  hereof and  continuing  until the date that

<PAGE>

                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 5


Employee  ceases to receive  payments  pursuant to Section 6 of this  Employment
Agreement.

         (i)  Employee will not engage in any activity which is competitive with
any  business  now,  or at any time during the  Employment  Term,  conducted  by
Employer,  its  subsidiaries or its  affiliates,  including  without  limitation
becoming an employee,  investor (except for passive investments of not more than
one  percent   (1%)  of  the   outstanding   shares  of,  or  any  other  equity
over-the-counter  securities market), officer, agent, partner or director of, or
other  participant  in, any firm,  person or other entity in any geographic area
which either directly competes with a line or lines of business of Employer, its
subsidiaries or its affiliates. Notwithstanding any provision of this Employment
Agreement to the  contrary,  upon the  occurrence  of any breach of this Section
7(a)(i), if Employee is employed by Employer, Employer may immediately terminate
the employment of Employee for Cause in accordance with the provisions contained
in Sections 6 and 15, whether or not Employee is employed by Employer,  Employer
shall  immediately  cease to have any  obligations  to make payments to Employee
under this Employment Agreement.

         (ii)  Employee   will  not   directly  or  indirectly  assist others in
engaging in any of the  activities in which  Employee is prohibited to engage by
clause (i) above.

         (iii) Employee  will not directly or indirectly (A) induce any employee
of Employer,  its  subsidiaries  or its  affiliates to engage in any activity in
which  Employee is prohibited  from engaging by clause (i) above or to terminate
her employment with Employer, its subsidiaries or its affiliates,  or (B) employ
or offer employment to any person who was employed by Employer, its subsidiaries
or its  affiliates  unless  such  person  shall have  ceased to be  employed  by
Employer,  its  subsidiaries  or its  affiliates for a period of at least twelve
(12) months.

     (b) It is expressly  understood  and agreed that (i) although  Employee and
Employer consider the restrictions contained in this Section 7 to be reasonable,
if a final judicial  determination is made by a court of competent  jurisdiction
that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Employment
Agreement is unenforceable, this Employment Agreement shall not be rendered void
but rather  shall be deemed to be  enforceable  to such  maximum  extent as such
court may judicially  determine or indicate to be  enforceable,  and (ii) if any
restriction   contained  in  this  Employment  Agreement  is  determined  to  be
unenforceable  and  such  restriction  cannot  be  amended  so  as  to  make  it
enforceable,  such  finding  shall not affect the  enforceability  of any of the
other restrictions contained herein.

8.   Resignation  as  Officer and/or  Director.  In the  event  that  Employee's
employment is terminated for any reason  whatsoever,  the Employee agrees to, as
the case may be, resign immediately as an Officer and/or Director of Employer.

<PAGE>
                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 6


9.   Confidentiality.  Employee  will  not  at any time (whether during or after
her employment with Employer) disclose or use for her own benefit or purposes or
the benefit or purposes of any other person, firm,  partnership,  joint venture,
association,  corporation or other organization, entity or enterprise other than
Employer  and  any  of  its   subsidiaries  or  affiliates,   any   Confidential
Information.  As used herein, the term "Confidential Information" shall mean any
trade secrets,  information,  data, or other confidential information (excluding
information  which is not unique to Employer or which is generally  known to the
industry or development programs, costs, marketing,  trading,  investment, sales
activities,  promotion,  credit processes,  formulas, data, software,  drawings,
specifications,  source and object  code,  financial  and  pricing  information,
marketing  information  and business and  development  plans or the business and
affairs of Employer  generally,  or of any  subsidiary or affiliate of Employer,
Employee  agrees that upon  termination of her employment  with Employer for any
reason,  she will return to Employer  immediately all copies of any Confidential
Information,  together with any memoranda,  books, papers,  plans,  information,
letters and other data, and all copies thereof or therefrom, in any way relating
to the business of Employer,  its subsidiaries  and its affiliates,  except that
she may retain personal notes,  notebooks and diaries.  Employee  further agrees
that she will not  retain or use for her  account  at any time any  trade  name,
trademark or other proprietary  business designation used or owned in connection
with the business of Employer, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

10.  Specific  Performance.  Employee  acknowledges  and agrees that  Employer's
remedies at law for a breach or  threatened  breach of any of the  provisions of
Section 7 or Section 9 would be  inadequate  and, in  recognition  of this fact,
Employee  agrees that,  in the event of such a breach or threatened  breach,  in
addition to any remedies at law,  Employer  without  posting any bond,  shall be
entitled  to  obtain  equitable  relief  in the  form of  specific  performance,
temporary  restraining orders,  temporary or permanent  injunctions or any other
equitable remedy which may then be available.

11.  Vacation.  The Employee shall be entitled to ten (10) days of paid vacation
on an annual basis.  Such vacation shall be taken at a time mutually  convenient
to Employer and  Employee.  Vacation days may not be  accumulated.  In the first
year of employment the amount of vacation shall be prorated.

12.  Sick Days/Personal Business.  The  Employee  shall  be entitled to five (5)
paid sick or personal days off due to illness or personal  business on an annual
basis beginning on the first day of the Employee's employment.

13.  Holidays. The Employee shall be entitled to the standard company holidays.

14.  Representations and Warranties. The Employee hereby represents and warrants
that she is free to enter this  Employment  Agreement and to render her services

<PAGE>

                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 7


pursuant  hereto and that neither the execution and delivery of this  Employment
Agreement, nor the performance of her duties hereunder,  violates the provisions
of any other agreement to which she is a party or by which she is bound.

15.  Notices.  All notices required or permitted under this Employment Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be deemed  delivered  when  delivered in person or
deposited in the United States mail, postage paid, addressed as follows:

              Employer:          Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.
                                 400 Royal Palm Way
                                 Suite 410
                                 Palm Beach, FL  33480


              Employee:         Tabitha Zane
                                1522 Worthington Place
                                Greensboro, NC 27410

     Such  addresses  may be  changed  from  time  to time by  either  party  by
providing written notice in the manner set forth above.

16.  Entire Agreement.  This  Employment Agreement contains the entire agreement
of the  parties  and  there are no other  promises  or  conditions  in any other
agreement,  whether oral or written.  This Employment  Agreement  supersedes any
prior written or oral agreements between the parties.

17.  Expenses. Each party shall pay its own expenses incident to the performance
or enforcement of this Employment Agreement,  including all fees and expenses of
its counsel  for all  activities  of such  counsel  undertaken  pursuant to this
Employment Agreement, except as otherwise herein specifically provided.

18.  Waivers and Further  Agreements.  Any waiver of any terms or  conditions of
this  Employment  Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach of
such terms or conditions  or any other term or condition,  nor shall any failure
to enforce any provision  hereof operate as a waiver of such provision or of any
other provision hereof;  provided,  however, that no such written waiver, unless
it, by its own terms, explicitly provides to the contrary, shall be construed to
effect a continuing  waiver of the provision  being waived and no such waiver in
any instance  shall  constitute a waiver in any other  instance or for any other
purpose or impair the right of the party  against whom such waiver is claimed in
all other  instances or for all other purposes to require full  compliance  with
such  provision.  Each of the parties  hereto agrees to execute all such further
instruments and documents and to take all such further action as the other party
may  reasonably  require in order to  effectuate  the terms and purposes of this
Employment Agreement.

19.  Amendments.  This  Employment  Agreement may not be amended,  nor shall any
waiver,  change,  modification,  consent or discharge  be effected  except by an
instrument  in  writing  executed  by or on  behalf of the  party  against  whom
enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, consent or discharge is sought.

20.  Severability.  If  any provision of this Employment Agreement shall be held
or deemed to be, or shall in fact be, invalid,  inoperative or  unenforceable as
applied to any particular case in any jurisdiction or  jurisdictions,  or in all
jurisdictions or in all cases, because of the conflict of any provision with any

<PAGE>

                                                      Employment and Non-Compete
                                                                       Agreement
                                                                          Page 8

constitution  or statute or rule of public policy or for any other reason,  such
circumstance  shall not have the effect of rendering the provision or provisions
in question invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable in any other  jurisdiction or
in any  other  case or  circumstance  or of  rendering  any other  provision  or
provisions herein contained invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable to the extent
that such other  provisions  are not  themselves  actually in conflict with such
constitution,  statute or rule of public policy,  but this Employment  Agreement
shall be reformed  and  construed  in any such  jurisdiction  or case as if such
invalid,  inoperative or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein
and such provision reformed so that it would be valid, operative and enforceable
to the maximum extent permitted in such jurisdiction or in such case.

21.  Counterparts.  This  Employment  Agreement  may be  executed in two or more
counterparts,  each of  which  shall be  deemed  an  original,  but all of which
together  shall  constitute  one and the same  instrument,  and in  pleading  or
proving any provision of this Employment Agreement, it shall not be necessary to
produce more than one of such counterparts.

22.  Survival.  Sections 7, 8, 9, and 10 shall survive the  termination  of this
Employment Agreement.

23.  Section Headings.  The headings contained in this Employment  Agreement are
for  reference  purposes  only and shall not in any way  affect  the  meaning or
interpretation of this Employment Agreement.

24.  Gender. Whenever used herein, the singular number shall include the plural,
the plural shall include the  singular,  and the use of any gender shall include
all genders.

25.  Governing Law.  This  Employment   Agreement   shall  be  governed  by  and
construed and enforced in accordance  with the law (other than the law governing
conflict of law questions) of the State of Florida.

26.  The parties have executed this Employment  Agreement the day and year first
above written.

                                    EMPLOYER:
                                    APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.



                                    By:  /S/ Garrett A. Sullivan
                                        ______________________________
                                        Garrett A. Sullivan
                                        President


                                    EMPLOYEE:


________________________            By: /S/ Tabitha Zane
                                       ______________________________
Witness                                 Tabitha Zane




                                                                   Exhibit 10.12


                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This  Employment  Agreement  ("Agreement")  is made on November 13, 1996, by and
between  Universal  Commodities  Corporation  (the  "Employer"),  2047 Route 130
North, Burlington,  NJ 08016, and Marc Sherman (the "Employee"),  40D Long Beach
Blvd., Loveladies, NJ 08008, 609-361-2332.

         A. Employer  is  engaged  in the business of selling used computers and
computer parts.

         B. Employer desires to have the services of Employee.

         C. Employee is willing to be employed by Employer.

Therefore, the parties agree as follows:

1.   Employee shall  provide to Employer the normal services of President of the
business.

2.   Employee  agrees to  perform  faithfully, industriously  and to the best of
Employee's  ability,  experience  and  talents,  all of the  duties  that may be
required by the express and implicit terms of this Agreement,  to the reasonable
satisfaction of Employer. Such duties shall be provided at Burlington, NJ and at
such other place(s) as the needs,  business or opportunities of the Employer may
require from time to time.

3.   As compensation for the services provided by Employee under this Agreement,
Employer will pay Employee an annual salary of  $125,000.00,  in accordance with
Employer's usual payroll procedures.  Employee shall be entitled to a commission
based on the Lehmann  formula for any  acquisitions  made by Employer which were
facilitated  by  Employee.  Such  commission  shall be  shared  with  Edward  L.
Cummings.  The Lehmann  formula is  calculated  on the total  purchase  price as
follows:  5%  commission  on the first  million,  4%  commission  on the  second
million,  3%  commission  on the third  million,  2%  commission  on the  fourth
million,  and 1% commission  thereafter of the total purchase price. This is the
maximum commission that will be paid for each transaction.

4.   Salaries  will be reviewed annually and stock options will be issued as the
size of the management role expands.

5.   Employer will reimburse Employee for "out of pocket" expenses in accordance
with Employer policies in effect from time to time.

6.   Employee shall be entitled to six weeks of paid vacation per year beginning
on the first date of  Employee's  employment.  Such  vacation must be taken at a
time mutually convenient to Employer and Employee.

     Unused  vacation time may be  accumulated if not used within the year it is
earned up to a total of twelve  weeks.  Cash  payments  will not be disbursed in
lieu of earned vacation time.

7.   Employee shall be entitled to six days paid time due to illness or personal
business  each year of  employment  beginning  on the first  date of  Employee's
employment.  All requests  for sick days and personal  days off shall be made by
Employee in accordance with Employer policies in effect from time to time.

8.   Employee shall be entitled to the standard company holidays.

9.   Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  insurance   benefits   including  health
insurance,  disability  insurance and any other benefits that are in effect from
time to time.

10.  Employer will continue to provide Employee with two automobiles  comparable
to the type in use at the signing of this Agreement.


<PAGE>


11.  Employee's  employment  under  this  Agreement  shall be for  three  years,
beginning on the date of signing of this Agreement. If Employee is terminated by
Employer for Cause or if Employee  terminates this  Agreement,  or Cause exists,
Employer shall pay Employee  compensation  only to the date of such termination.
If Employer  terminates  Employee  without Cause,  Employer will pay Employee an
amount equal to the greater of compensation due to Employee for the remainder of
the  Agreement  or one  years'  compensation.  "Cause"  shall  mean any  willful
misconduct or premeditated fraud or willful acts against Employer by Employee.

12.  Employee  shall  provided  Employer all  information  regarding  Employer's
business of which  Employee has knowledge.  Employee shall make all  suggestions
and recommendations that will be of mutual benefit to Employer and Employee.

13.  Employee  recognizes that Employer has and will have  inventions,  business
affairs,  products, future plans, trade secrets, customer lists, and other vital
information (collectively,  "Information" which are valuable, special and unique
assets of Employer. Employee agrees that Employee will not at any time or in any
manner, either directly or indirectly,  divulge,  disclose or communicate in any
manner any  Information to any third party without the prior written  consent of
the  Employer.  Employee will protect the  Information  and treat it as strictly
confidential.  A violation  by Employee  of this  paragraph  shall be a material
violation of this Agreement and will justify legal and/or equitable relief.

     If it appears that Employee has  disclosed (or has  threatened to disclose)
Information  in violation of this  Agreement,  Employer  shall be entitled to an
injunction  to restrain  Employee  from  disclosing,  in whole or in part,  such
Information,  or  from  providing  any  services  to  any  party  to  whom  such
Information  has been  disclosed  or may be  disclosed.  Employer  shall  not be
prohibited by this provision from pursuing other remedies, including a claim for
losses and damages.

14.  Employee  agrees to submit to all of the rules and regulations of Employer.

15.  All  notices are  required or permitted  under this  Agreement  shall be in
writing and shall be deemed  delivered  when delivered in person or deposited in
the United States mail, postage paid, addressed as follows:

                  Employer:          Universal Commodities Corporation
                  Attn.              Garrett A. Sullivan
                                     2047 Route 130 North
                                     Burlington, NJ 08016

                  Employee:          Marc Sherman
                                     40D Long Beach Blvd.
                                     Loveladies, NJ 08008

     Such  addresses  may be  changed  from  time  to time by  either  party  by
providing written notice in the manner set forth above.

16.  This agreement  contains the entire  agreement of the parties and there are
not other promises or conditions in any other agreement whether oral or written.
This  Agreement  supersedes  any prior  written or oral  agreements  between the
parties.

17.  This Agreement  may be modified or  amended,  if the  amendment  is made in
writing and is singed by both parties.

18.  If  any  provision  of  the  Agreement  shall  be  held  to be  invalid  or
unenforceable  for any reason,  the remaining  provisions  shall  continue to be
valid and  enforceable.  If a court finds that any provision of the Agreement is
invalid or  unenforceable,  but that by limiting such  provision it would become
valid and  enforceable,  then  such  provision  shall be  deemed to be  written,
construed, and enforced as so limited.

19.  The  failure  of  either  party  to enforce any provision of this Agreement
shall  not  be  construed as  a waiver  or  limitation  of  the party's right to
subsequently  enforce  and compel strict compliance with every provision of this
Agreement.

20.  This Agreement shall be  governed  by  the laws of the State of New Jersey.



<PAGE>


21.  Employee hereby agrees that he shall not at anytime during the term of this
Agreement and for a period of three years thereafter participate in any business
which is in  competition  with  Employer in the States of New Jersey,  New York,
Delaware and Connecticut.

22.  In the event that the Registration  Statement  (as defined in the Agreement
of Sale dated as of  November 13, 1996,  among  Employer, Employee  and  Applied
Cellular Technology, Inc.) has not been declared effective by the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  or Employee  has not received  registered  common stock as
provided in the  Agreement  of Sale  within  nine  months  after the date of the
Agreement of Sale,  the provisions of Section 13 and 21 hereof shall be null and
void and Employee shall be permitted to compete  against  Employer at Employee's
sole discretion.

     Agreed this 13th day of November, 1996.


Universal Commodities Corporation

By: _____________________________________
    Garrett A. Sullivan - CEO


      /s/ Marc Sherman
    _____________________________________
    Marc Sherman


     The  undersigned  hereby  agrees to guarantee all  obligations  of Employer
under this  Agreement  if  Employer,  for any reason,  is unable or unwilling to
perform.

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

By: ___________________________________

Title:_________________________________


<PAGE>

21.  Employee hereby agrees that he shall not at anytime during the term of this
Agreement and for a period of three years thereafter participate in any business
which is in  competition  with  Employer in the States of New Jersey,  New York,
Delaware and Connecticut.

22.  In the  event  that the Registration Statement (as defined in the Agreement
of Sale dated as of November  13,  1996,  among  Employer,  Employee and Applied
Cellular Technology, Inc.) has not been declared effective by the Securities and
Exchange  Commission  or Employee  has not received  registered  common stock as
provided in the  Agreement  of Sale  within  nine  months  after the date of the
Agreement of Sale,  the provisions of Section 13 and 21 hereof shall be null and
void and Employee shall be permitted to compete  against  Employer at Employee's
sole discretion.

     Agreed this 13th day of November, 1996.


Universal Commodities Corporation

By: /s/ Garrett A. Sullivan
   _____________________________________
   Garrett A. Sullivan - CEO


   _____________________________________
   Marc Sherman


     The  undersigned  hereby  agrees to guarantee all  obligations  of Employer
under this  Agreement  if  Employer,  for any reason,  is unable or unwilling to
perform.

APPLIED CELLULAR TECHNOLOGY, INC.

By: /s/ Garrett A. Sullivan
    _____________________________________

Title: President


<PAGE>


                                 [Logo Omitted]



March 12, 1999

Personal & Confidential

Mr. Marc Sherman
2047 Route 130 North
Burlington, NJ 08016

Re:  Employment Agreement dated November 13, 1996 ("Employment Agreement")

Dear Marc:

The referenced Employment Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1.   Base Salary:  Commencing  January 1, 1999 your base salary will be $210,000
per annum.

Except as indicated above, the remaining terms of the Employment Agreement shall
remain  unchanged and the  Employment  Agreement will continue in full force and
effect.

Please indicate your  acceptance of this Amendment to your Employment  Agreement
by signing the enclosed copy of this letter and returning it to me.

Sincerely,

Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.           Universal Commodities Corp.


By:  /s/ Garrett A. Sullivan                By:  /s/ Garrett A. Sullivan
    ______________________________             _________________________
    Garrett A. Sullivan                        Garrett A. Sullivan
    President                                  Chairman


Accepted:


 /S/ Marc Sherman                           Date:  3-19-99
___________________________________               _________ 
Marc Sherman


               400 Royal Palm Way, Suite 410 Palm Beach, FL 33480
                        TEL 561.366.4800 FAX 561.366.0002




                                                                    Exhibit 21.1


Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.
List of Subsidiary Companies

 Company Name                                                Country or State of
                                                             Incorporation
- -------------------------------------------------            -------------------
ACT Acquisition Corp.                                        Delaware
ACT Automotive Group, Inc.                                   Delaware
ACT Communications, Inc.                                     Delaware
ACT Financial Corporation                                    Delaware
ACT-GFX Canada, Inc.                                         Ontario, Canada
ACT Houston Leasing Corp.                                    Texas
ACT Leasing Corp.                                            Delaware
ACT Louisiana Leasing, Inc.                                  Louisiana
Advanced Telecomm of Maryland, Inc.                          Maryland
Advanced Telecomm of Pittsburgh, a Pennsylvania
  Business Trust                                             Pennsylvania
Advanced Telecommunications, Inc.                            Illinois
Alacrity Systems, Inc.                                       New Jersey
The Americom Group, Inc.                                     Louisiana
Applied Cellular Technology Financial Corp.                  New Hampshire
Applied Cellular Technology International, Ltd.              United Kingdom
Applied Cellular Technology of Missouri, Inc.                Missouri
Atlantic Systems, Inc.                                       New Jersey
Aurora Electric, Inc.                                        Alaska
Blue Star Electronics, Inc.                                  New  Jersey
Canadian Network Services, Inc.                              Delaware
City Dial Network Services, Ltd.                             Ontario, Canada
Consolidated Micro Components, Inc.                          Pennsylvania
Cra-Tek Company                                              California
C.T. Specialists, Inc.                                       California
Cybertech Station, Inc.                                      Pennsylvania
Data Path Technologies, Inc.                                 New York
Delaware Tele-Resources, Inc.                                Ontario, Canada
Elite Computer Services, Inc.                                New Jersey
The Fromehill Company                                        Utah
GDB Software Services, Inc.                                  New York
Ground Effects Ltd.                                          Ontario, Canada
Hopper Manufacturing Co., Inc.                               California
Information Products Center, Inc.                            New Jersey
Innovative Vacuum Solutions, Inc.                            Pennsylvania
Inteletek, Inc.                                              Delaware
MVAK Technologies, Inc.                                      New Jersey
Norcom Resources, Inc.                                       Minnesota
Pizarro Re-Marketing, Inc.                                   Texas
PPL, Ltd.                                                    New York
Service Transport Company                                    New Jersey
Signal Processors Limited                                    United Kingdom
Signature Industries Limited                                 United Kingdom
STC Netcom, Inc.                                             California


                                       
<PAGE>

 Company Name                                                Country or State of
                                                             Incorporation
- -------------------------------------------------            -------------------
Teledata Concepts, Inc.                                      Florida
TigerTel Services Limited                                    Ontario
Universal Commodities Corp.                                  New Jersey
US Electrical Products Corp.                                 New Jersey
Winward Electric Service, Inc.                               Utah

















                                       2


WARNING: THE EDGAR SYSTEM ENCOUNTERED ERROR(S) WHILE PROCESSING THIS SCHEDULE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

                                                                    Exhibit 27.1

Financial Data Schedule

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
     This schedule  contains summary  financial  information  extracted from the
Registrant's audited consolidated  financial statements as of and for the twelve
months ended December 31, 1998, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                        0000924642 
<NAME>                       Applied Cellular Technology, Inc.
       
<S>                          <C>
<PERIOD-START>               Jan-01-1998        
<PERIOD-TYPE>                YEAR               
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>            Dec-31-1998                
<PERIOD-END>                 Dec-31-1998     
<CASH>                       4555000
<SECURITIES>                 0
<RECEIVABLES>                35380000
<ALLOWANCES>                 990000
<INVENTORY>                  20657000
<CURRENT-ASSETS>             65244000
<PP&E>                       22873000
<DEPRECIATION>               7246000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>               124116000
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>        50757000   
<BONDS>                      2838000   
        0
                  0
<COMMON>                     36000
<OTHER-SE>                   67524000
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 124116000
<SALES>                      205701070
<TOTAL-REVENUES>             207081000
<CGS>                        123654000
<TOTAL-COSTS>                142893000
<OTHER-EXPENSES>             55253000
<LOSS-PROVISION>             1031000            
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>           1653000  
<INCOME-PRETAX>              7702000  
<INCOME-TAX>                 2588000  
<INCOME-CONTINUING>          51140100  
<DISCONTINUED>               0        
<EXTRAORDINARY>              0        
<CHANGES>                    0        
<NET-INCOME>                 4690000 
<EPS-PRIMARY>                0.14     
<EPS-DILUTED>                0.13     
                                    


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission